WO2019141250A1 - Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor - Google Patents
Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019141250A1 WO2019141250A1 PCT/CN2019/072393 CN2019072393W WO2019141250A1 WO 2019141250 A1 WO2019141250 A1 WO 2019141250A1 CN 2019072393 W CN2019072393 W CN 2019072393W WO 2019141250 A1 WO2019141250 A1 WO 2019141250A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compound
- isomer
- pharmaceutically acceptable
- alkyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
- 0 *CCCCC(CCCIC(C=C*)=O)c1nc(I*)nc2c1C=C(*)N(c1c(*)c(*)c(*)c(*)c1*)C2=O Chemical compound *CCCCC(CCCIC(C=C*)=O)c1nc(I*)nc2c1C=C(*)N(c1c(*)c(*)c(*)c(*)c1*)C2=O 0.000 description 1
- NADUBAJFRILTFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC([n]1ncc2c(C)c(C)ccc12)=O Chemical compound CC([n]1ncc2c(C)c(C)ccc12)=O NADUBAJFRILTFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HWVNEOAFSKALER-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN(CC)C(C1)CN1c1nc(N(CC2)CCN2C(C=C)=O)c(C=C(C(F)(F)F)N(c(c(O)c(cc2Cl)Cl)c2F)C2=O)c2n1 Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(C1)CN1c1nc(N(CC2)CCN2C(C=C)=O)c(C=C(C(F)(F)F)N(c(c(O)c(cc2Cl)Cl)c2F)C2=O)c2n1 HWVNEOAFSKALER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBQRASSBFHWACP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCN(CC)C(C1)CN1c1nc(N(CC2)CCN2C(C=C)=O)c(C=C(C(F)(F)F)N(c(c(O)ccc2)c2F)C2=O)c2n1 Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(C1)CN1c1nc(N(CC2)CCN2C(C=C)=O)c(C=C(C(F)(F)F)N(c(c(O)ccc2)c2F)C2=O)c2n1 ZBQRASSBFHWACP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN1CCOCC1 Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOXNENVPAARIOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[n]1ncc(Oc2nc(C(N(C(C(F)(F)F)=C3)c(c(F)ccc4)c4O)=O)c3c(N(CC3)CCN3C(C=C)=O)n2)c1 Chemical compound C[n]1ncc(Oc2nc(C(N(C(C(F)(F)F)=C3)c(c(F)ccc4)c4O)=O)c3c(N(CC3)CCN3C(C=C)=O)n2)c1 GOXNENVPAARIOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMGVVVBQKWNRQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc(c(F)ccc1)c1O Chemical compound Cc(c(F)ccc1)c1O OMGVVVBQKWNRQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIKMMFOAQPJVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1c[nH]nc1 Chemical compound Cc1c[nH]nc1 RIKMMFOAQPJVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCLJFOALEJVDAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1ccc2[nH]ncc2c1C Chemical compound Cc1ccc2[nH]ncc2c1C JCLJFOALEJVDAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a novel substituted pyridone pyrimidine derivative, in particular to a compound of the formula (I) or an isomer thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and a compound of the formula (I) or an isomer thereof
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and a pharmaceutical composition for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of cancer.
- the first RAS oncogene was found in rat sarcoma, hence the name.
- the RAS protein is a product expressed by the RAS gene and refers to a closely related monomeric globulin consisting of 189 amino acids with a molecular weight of 21 kDa.
- the RAS protein can bind to guanine trinucleotide phosphate (GTP) or guanine dinucleotide phosphate (GDP).
- GTP guanine trinucleotide phosphate
- GDP guanine dinucleotide phosphate
- the active state of RAS protein has an effect on cell growth, differentiation, cytoskeleton, protein transport and secretion.
- GTP or GDP Its activity is regulated by binding to GTP or GDP: when RAS protein binds to GDP, it is dormant, that is, "inactivated” state; when upstream specific cell growth factor is stimulated, RAS protein is induced Exchange GDP, combined with GTP, is called the "activation” state.
- the RAS protein that binds to GTP activates downstream proteins for signal transmission.
- the RAS protein itself has weak hydrolyzed GTP hydrolyzing activity and is capable of hydrolyzing GTP to GDP. This allows conversion from an activated state to an inactivated state. In this hydrolysis process, GAP (GTPase activating proteins) is also involved. It works with RAS proteins and greatly enhances its ability to hydrolyze GTP to GDP.
- the G12C mutation is a relatively common subtype of the KRAS gene mutation, which means that the 12th glycine is mutated to cysteine.
- KRAS G12C mutations are most common in lung cancer. According to data reported in the literature (Nat Rev Drug Discov 2014; 13: 828-851), KRAS G12C mutations account for about 10% of all lung cancer patients.
- KRAS G12C mutant protein as a leading target, the current research is not a lot.
- the literature (Nature. 2013; 503: 548-551) reports a class of covalent binding inhibitors that target the KRAS G12C mutation, but such compounds are not enzymatically active and exhibit no activity at the cellular level.
- a class of compounds reported in the literature (Science 2016; 351: 604-608, Cancer Discov 2016; 6: 316-29) showed cell anti-proliferative activity at the muM level at the cellular level, but its metabolic stability was poor and its activity was difficult. Make further improvements.
- Araxes Pharma has applied for several patents for KRAS G12C inhibitors.
- WO2016164675 and WO2016168540 report that a class of quinazoline derivatives have high enzyme binding activity and exhibit cell proliferation resistance at the ⁇ M level. Its structure is stable and has certain selectivity.
- Amgen (WO2018119183A2) and AstraZeneca (WO2018206539) have published patents on KRAS G12C inhibitors in 2018, respectively, and Amgen's KRAS G12C inhibitor AMG 510 initiated a phase I clinical study in July 2018. Looking at the KRAS G12C inhibitors reported in the literature, they all have a fragment of acrylamide which acts as a cysteine residue on the Michael addition receptor and the KRASG12C mutein to form a covalently bound complex.
- LiuYi et al., Cell (Matthew R. Janes, Yi Liu et al., Cell, 2018, 172, 578-589.) publicly reported a covalent binding inhibitor, ARS-1620, targeting the KRAS G12C mutation. It has good metabolic stability, exhibits nM-level cell anti-proliferative activity at the cellular level, and can effectively inhibit tumor growth in a pancreatic cancer MIA-Paca2 cell subcutaneous xenograft tumor model.
- the present invention provides a compound of the formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof,
- Ring A is selected from 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, and said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R;
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, OH, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl, said C 1- 6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R;
- R 1 and R 2 are joined together to form a ring B;
- R 2 and R 3 are joined together to form a ring B;
- R 3 and R 4 are joined together to form a ring B;
- R 4 and R 5 are joined together to form a ring B;
- Ring B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, C 5-6 cycloalkenyl, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl, and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl, C 5-6 cycloalkenyl, and 5 to 6-membered hetero a cycloalkenyl group, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group, optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R a ;
- R a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl, the C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl optionally being 1, 2 Or 3 R substitutions;
- R 6 is selected from H, halogen and C 1-6 alkyl, said C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R <
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NH 2 , C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 heteroalkyl, 4-6-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, and C 5-6 cycloalkyl , the C 1-8 alkyl group, the C 1-8 heteroalkyl group, the 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl group, the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group, and the C 5-6 cycloalkyl group are selected from the group consisting of 1, 2 Or 3 R substitutions;
- L' is selected from the group consisting of a single bond and -NH-;
- R b is selected from C 1-3 alkyl and C 1-3 heteroalkyl, and the C 1-3 alkyl and C 1-3 heteroalkyl are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R;
- R 8 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R;
- R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, and C 3-6 membered cycloalkyl, said C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hetero An alkyl group and a C 3-6 membered cycloalkyl group are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R';
- R' is selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , CH 3 O, CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, cyclopropyl, propyl, iso Propyl, N(CH 3 ) 2 , NH(CH 3 );
- Heter means a hetero atom or a hetero atom group, the 3- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl group, a C 1-6 heteroalkyl group, a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl group, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group, and C 1 - 8
- the number of heteroatoms or heteroatoms is independently selected from 1, 2 and 3.
- the above R is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , CH 3 O, CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, ring Propyl, propyl, isopropyl, N(CH 3 ) 2 , NH(CH 3 ) and N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 .
- ring A is selected from the group consisting of aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 1,4-diazacycloheptyl, and 3,6- Diazabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, the aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 1,4-diazacycloheptyl and 3, 6-diazabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R.
- the above ring B is selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzene a pyridyl group, a pyridalyl group, a pyridazinyl group Or oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, morpholinyl, cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl optionally Replaced by 1, 2 or 3 R a .
- Ring B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrazolyl, 1-methyl-1H-pyrazolyl, and 1-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethanone.
- the above R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, and C 1-3 alkyl, and the C 1-3 alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R.
- the above R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, CH 3 , CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F.
- R 7 above is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NH 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, azetidinyl, Azacyclopentyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, Pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, said C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, azetidinyl, azetidinyl, pyrazolyl, Imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, cyclohexane,
- the above R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CN, NH 2 , Said Optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R.
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CN, NH 2 ,
- the above R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 heteroalkyl, the C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 heteroalkyl optionally being 1 , 2 or 3 R substitutions.
- the above R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CHCH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH, (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 and CH 3 NHCH 2 .
- the structural unit Selected from Wherein R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H and C 1-3 alkyl.
- the structural unit S selected from H, CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 ,
- the above R is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , CH 3 O, CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, ring Propyl, propyl, isopropyl, N(CH 3 ) 2 , NH(CH 3 ) and N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , other variables are as defined in the present invention.
- ring A is selected from the group consisting of aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 1,4-diazacycloheptyl, and 3,6- Diazabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, the aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 1,4-diazacycloheptyl and 3, 6-diazabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R, other variables being as defined herein.
- the above ring B is selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzene a pyridyl group, a pyridalyl group, a pyridazinyl group Or oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, morpholinyl, cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl optionally It is substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R a and the other variables are as defined in the present invention.
- the above ring B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrazolyl, 1-methyl-1H-pyrazolyl and 1-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethanone, and other variables such as The invention is defined.
- the above R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, and C 1-3 alkyl, and the C 1-3 alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R.
- Other variables are as defined by the present invention.
- R 6 above is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, CH 3 , CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, and other variables are as defined herein.
- R 7 above is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NH 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, azetidinyl, Azacyclopentyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, Pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, said C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, azetidinyl, azetidinyl, pyrazolyl, Imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, cyclohexane,
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CN, NH 2 , Said Optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R, other variables are as defined by the present invention.
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CN, NH 2 , Other variables are as defined by the present invention.
- the above R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 heteroalkyl, the C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 heteroalkyl optionally being 1 , 2 or 3 R substitutions, other variables as defined by the present invention.
- the above R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CHCH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH, (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 and CH 3 NHCH 2 , other variables are as defined in the present invention.
- the structural unit Selected from Wherein R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H and C 1-3 alkyl, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
- the structural unit Selected from Other variables are as defined by the present invention.
- the structural unit Selected from Other variables are as defined by the present invention.
- the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof is selected from
- L, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined in the present invention.
- the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof is selected from
- R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , L and ring B are as defined in the present invention.
- the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof is selected from
- R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , L, R 9 and R a are as defined in the present invention.
- the present invention also provides a compound of the formula: a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof, selected from the group consisting of
- the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof is selected from
- the present invention also provides the use of the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof for the preparation of a medicament for treating cancer.
- the cancer includes lung cancer, lymphoma, esophageal cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, rectal cancer, glioma, cervical cancer, urothelial carcinoma, gastric cancer, endometrial cancer, liver cancer. , cholangiocarcinoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, leukemia and melanoma.
- the compound of the present invention comprises a substituted pyridone and pyrimidine derivative, which has high cell anti-proliferative activity against KRAS G12C mutein, and has a weak cell activity against wild type, showing good selectivity, showing that Classes of compounds have better safety as potential therapeutic agents.
- the mother nucleus of the compound of the present invention is a pyridone-pyrimidine structure, which has a relatively high polarity and a high solubility, and the substituent on the aromatic ring on the left side has a significant influence on the activity, selectivity and pharmacokinetic properties of the compound. This type of structure has high chemical stability and also exhibits high metabolic stability in vitro.
- the compounds of the present invention showed higher exposure and better oral availability than the reference compound ARS-1620.
- the compound of the present invention exhibited a more significant antitumor effect than the reference compound ARS-1620 in the human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model and the human pancreatic cancer x-MIA-PaCa2 subcutaneous xenograft model.
- the structure of pyridone and pyrimidine is reported in the literature, and it is difficult to carry out substitution or derivatization chemistry in its structure.
- the present invention also provides a novel pyridone-pyrimidine structure synthesis method which can synthesize a series of derivatives by first constructing a pyridone structure and then constructing a pyrimidine ring starting from different substituted amines. This method has not been reported in the literature and is an effective method for synthesizing such compounds.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to a salt of a compound of the invention prepared from a compound having a particular substituent found in the present invention and a relatively non-toxic acid or base.
- a base addition salt can be obtained by contacting a neutral amount of such a compound with a sufficient amount of a base in a neat solution or a suitable inert solvent.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amine or magnesium salts or similar salts.
- an acid addition salt can be obtained by contacting a neutral form of such a compound with a sufficient amount of an acid in a neat solution or a suitable inert solvent.
- pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include inorganic acid salts including, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, hydrogencarbonate, phosphoric acid, monohydrogen phosphate, dihydrogen phosphate, sulfuric acid, Hydrogen sulfate, hydroiodic acid, phosphorous acid, etc.; and an organic acid salt, such as acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, Similar acids such as fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, and me
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound containing an acid group or a base by conventional chemical methods.
- such salts are prepared by reacting these compounds in water or an organic solvent or a mixture of the two via a free acid or base form with a stoichiometric amount of a suitable base or acid.
- the compounds provided herein also exist in the form of prodrugs.
- Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are readily chemically altered under physiological conditions to convert to the compounds of the invention.
- prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an in vivo setting.
- Certain compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated or solvated forms, including hydrated forms.
- the solvated forms are equivalent to the unsolvated forms and are included within the scope of the invention.
- the compounds of the invention may exist in specific geometric or stereoisomeric forms.
- the present invention contemplates all such compounds, including the cis and trans isomers, the (-)- and (+)-p-enantiomers, the (R)- and (S)-enantiomers, and the diastereomeric a conformation, a (D)-isomer, a (L)-isomer, and a racemic mixture thereof, and other mixtures, such as enantiomerically or diastereomeric enriched mixtures, all of which belong to It is within the scope of the invention.
- Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the substituents such as alkyl groups. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are included within the scope of the invention.
- enantiomer or “optical isomer” refer to stereoisomers that are mirror images of one another.
- cis-trans isomer or “geometric isomer” is caused by the inability to freely rotate a single bond due to a double bond or a ring-forming carbon atom.
- diastereomer refers to a stereoisomer in which the molecule has two or more chiral centers and the molecules are in a non-mirrored relationship.
- wedge-shaped dashed keys Represents the absolute configuration of a solid center with straight solid keys
- straight dashed keys Indicates the relative configuration of the stereocenter, using wavy lines Indicates a wedge solid key Or wedge-shaped dotted key Or with wavy lines Represents a straight solid key And straight dashed keys
- tautomer or “tautomeric form” mean that the different functional isomers are in dynamic equilibrium at room temperature and can be rapidly converted into each other. If tautomers are possible (as in solution), the chemical equilibrium of the tautomers can be achieved.
- proton tautomers also known as prototropic tautomers
- prototropic tautomers include interconversions by proton transfer, such as keto-enol isomerization and imine-enes. Amine isomerization.
- the valence tautomer includes the mutual transformation of some of the bonding electrons.
- keto-enol tautomerization is the interconversion between two tautomers of pentane-2,4-dione and 4-hydroxypent-3-en-2-one.
- the terms "enriched in one isomer”, “isomer enriched”, “enriched in one enantiomer” or “enantiomeric enriched” refer to one of the isomers or pairs
- the content of the oligo is less than 100%, and the content of the isomer or enantiomer is 60% or more, or 70% or more, or 80% or more, or 90% or more, or 95% or more, or 96% or more, or 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, 99.5% or more, 99.6% or more, 99.7% or more, 99.8% or more, or greater than or equal to 99.9%.
- the term “isomer excess” or “enantiomeric excess” refers to the difference between the two isomers or the relative percentages of the two enantiomers. For example, if one of the isomers or enantiomers is present in an amount of 90% and the other isomer or enantiomer is present in an amount of 10%, the isomer or enantiomeric excess (ee value) is 80%. .
- optically active (R)- and (S)-isomers as well as the D and L isomers can be prepared by chiral synthesis or chiral reagents or other conventional techniques. If an enantiomer of a compound of the invention is desired, it can be prepared by asymmetric synthesis or by derivatization with a chiral auxiliary wherein the resulting mixture of diastereomers is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide pure The desired enantiomer.
- a diastereomeric salt is formed with a suitable optically active acid or base, followed by conventional methods well known in the art.
- the diastereomers are resolved and the pure enantiomer is recovered.
- the separation of enantiomers and diastereomers is generally accomplished by the use of chromatography using a chiral stationary phase, optionally in combination with chemical derivatization (eg, formation of an amino group from an amine). Formate).
- the compounds of the present invention may contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes on one or more of the atoms that make up the compound.
- radiolabeled compounds can be used, such as tritium (3 H), iodine -125 (125 I) or C-14 (14 C).
- hydrogen can be replaced by heavy hydrogen to form a deuterated drug.
- the bond composed of barium and carbon is stronger than the bond composed of common hydrogen and carbon.
- deuterated drugs have reduced side effects and increased drug stability. Enhance the efficacy and prolong the biological half-life of the drug.
- Alterations of all isotopic compositions of the compounds of the invention, whether radioactive or not, are included within the scope of the invention.
- “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or condition may, but is not necessarily, to occur, and that the description includes instances in which the event or condition occurs and instances in which the event or condition does not occur.
- substituted means that any one or more hydrogen atoms on a particular atom are replaced by a substituent, and may include variants of heavy hydrogen and hydrogen, as long as the valence of the particular atom is normal and the substituted compound is stable. of.
- Oxygen substitution does not occur on the aromatic group.
- optionally substituted means that it may or may not be substituted, and unless otherwise specified, the kind and number of substituents may be arbitrary on the basis of chemically achievable.
- any variable eg, R
- its definition in each case is independent.
- the group may optionally be substituted with at most two R, and each case has an independent option.
- combinations of substituents and/or variants thereof are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
- linking group When the number of one linking group is 0, such as -(CRR) 0 -, it indicates that the linking group is a single bond.
- one of the variables When one of the variables is selected from a single bond, it means that the two groups to which it is attached are directly linked. For example, when L represents a single bond in A-L-Z, the structure is actually A-Z.
- substituent When a substituent is vacant, it means that the substituent is absent.
- X when X is vacant in A-X, the structure is actually A.
- substituents are not indicated by which atom is attached to the substituted group, such a substituent may be bonded through any atom thereof, for example, a pyridyl group as a substituent may be passed through any one of the pyridine rings. A carbon atom is attached to the substituted group.
- the medium linking group L is -MW-, and at this time, -MW- can be connected in the same direction as the reading order from left to right to form ring A and ring B. It is also possible to connect the ring A and the ring B in a direction opposite to the reading order from left to right. Combinations of the linking groups, substituents and/or variants thereof are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
- hetero denotes a hetero atom or a hetero atomic group (ie, a radical containing a hetero atom), including atoms other than carbon (C) and hydrogen (H), and radicals containing such heteroatoms, including, for example, oxygen (O).
- ring means substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, heterocycloalkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl.
- the ring includes a single ring, and also includes a bicyclic or polycyclic ring system such as a spiro ring, a ring and a bridge ring.
- the number of atoms on the ring is usually defined as the number of elements of the ring. For example, "5 to 7-membered ring" means 5 to 7 atoms arranged in a circle. Unless otherwise specified, the ring optionally contains from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
- the "5-7 membered ring” includes, for example, phenyl, pyridyl and piperidinyl; on the other hand, the term “5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl” includes pyridyl and piperidinyl, but does not include phenyl.
- the term “ring” also includes ring systems containing at least one ring, each of which "ring” independently conforms to the above definition.
- alkyl is used to mean a straight or branched saturated hydrocarbon group, and in some embodiments, the alkyl group is a C 1-12 alkyl group; in other embodiments The alkyl group is a C 1-6 alkyl group; in other embodiments, the alkyl group is a C 1-3 alkyl group. It may be monosubstituted (such as -CH 2 F) or polysubstituted (such as -CF 3 ), and may be monovalent (such as methyl), divalent (such as methylene) or polyvalent (such as methine). .
- alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (including n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (including n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl) And t-butyl), pentyl (including n-pentyl, isopentyl and neopentyl), hexyl and the like.
- alkenyl is used to indicate a straight or branched hydrocarbon group containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds, and the carbon-carbon double bond may be located at any position of the group.
- the alkenyl group is a C 2-8 alkenyl group; in other embodiments, the alkenyl group is a C 2-6 alkenyl group; in other embodiments, the alkenyl group is C 2-4 alkenyl. It may be monosubstituted or polysubstituted, and may be monovalent, divalent or multivalent.
- alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, hexadienyl and the like.
- heteroalkyl by itself or in conjunction with another term, denotes a stable straight or branched alkyl radical or a combination thereof consisting of a number of carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom or heteroatom. Things.
- the heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of B, O, N, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatoms are optionally quaternized.
- the heteroalkyl group is a C1-6 heteroalkyl group; in other embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a C1-3 heteroalkyl group.
- a heteroatom or heteroatom can be located at any internal position of a heteroalkyl group, including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the rest of the molecule, but the terms "alkoxy”, “alkylamino” and “alkylthio” (or thioalkyl) Oxyl) is a conventional expression and refers to those alkyl groups which are attached to the remainder of the molecule through an oxygen atom, an amino group or a sulfur atom, respectively.
- heteroalkenyl by itself or in conjunction with another term, denotes a stable straight or branched alkenyl radical or a combination thereof consisting of a number of carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom or heteroatom. Things.
- the heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of B, O, N, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatoms are optionally quaternized.
- the heteroalkenyl group is a C 2-6 heteroalkenyl group; in other embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a C 2-4 heteroalkenyl group.
- the hetero atom or heteroatom group may be located at any internal position of the heteroalkenyl group, including the position at which the alkenyl group is attached to the rest of the molecule, but the terms "alkenyloxy”, “alkenylamino” and “alkenylthio” are customary. By expression, it is meant those alkenyl groups which are attached to the remainder of the molecule through an oxygen atom, an amino group or a sulfur atom, respectively.
- heteroalkynyl by itself or in conjunction with another term, denotes a stable straight or branched alkynyl radical or a combination thereof consisting of a number of carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom or heteroatom. Things.
- the heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of B, O, N, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatoms are optionally quaternized.
- the heteroalkynyl group is a C 2-6 heteroalkynyl group; in other embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a C 2-4 heteroalkynyl group.
- hetero atom or heteroatom group may be located at any internal position of the heteroalkynyl group, including the position at which the alkynyl group is attached to the rest of the molecule, but the terms "alkynyloxy", “alkynylamino” and “alkynylthio” are customary. By expression, it is meant those alkynyl groups attached to the remainder of the molecule through an oxygen atom, an amino group or a sulfur atom, respectively.
- heteroalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, Up to two heteroatoms can be continuous, for example
- cycloalkyl includes any stable cyclic alkyl group including monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic systems wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro, co and ring.
- the cycloalkyl group is a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group; in other embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group; in other embodiments, the The cycloalkyl group is a C 5-6 cycloalkyl group. It may be monosubstituted or polysubstituted, and may be monovalent, divalent or multivalent.
- cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, norbornyl, [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, [4.4.0] Dicyclodecane and the like.
- cycloalkenyl includes any stable cyclic alkenyl group containing one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon double bonds at any position of the group, including monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic The system wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro, parallel and bridged rings, but any ring of this system is non-aromatic.
- the cycloalkenyl group is a C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group; in other embodiments, the cycloalkenyl group is a C 3-6 cycloalkenyl group; in other embodiments, the The cycloalkenyl group is a C 5-6 cycloalkenyl group.
- cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
- cycloalkynyl includes any stable cyclic alkynyl group containing one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds at any position of the group, including monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic systems, wherein Bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro, parallel and bridging rings. It may be monosubstituted or polysubstituted, and may be monovalent, divalent or multivalent.
- heterocycloalkyl by itself or in conjunction with other terms, denotes a cyclized “heteroalkyl”, respectively, which includes monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro rings, And ring and bridge ring. Further, in the case of the "heterocycloalkyl group", a hetero atom may occupy a position where a heterocycloalkyl group is bonded to the rest of the molecule.
- the heterocycloalkyl group is a 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl group; in other embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group is a 5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl group.
- heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thioheterobutyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl (including tetrahydrothiophene) -2-yl and tetrahydrothiophen-3-yl, etc.), tetrahydrofuranyl (including tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, etc.), tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl (including 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl and 3-piperidinyl, etc.), piperazinyl (including 1-piperazinyl and
- heterocyclenyl by itself or in conjunction with other terms, denotes a cyclized “heteroalkenyl”, respectively, which includes monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro rings, Rings and bridge rings, but any ring of this system is non-aromatic.
- a heteroatom can occupy the position of attachment of the heterocyclenyl group to the rest of the molecule.
- the heterocycloalkenyl is 4 to 6 membered heterocycloalkenyl; in other embodiments, the heterocycloalkenyl is 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkenyl.
- heterocycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to,
- heterocycloalkynyl by itself or in conjunction with other terms, denotes a cyclized “heteroalkynyl” group, respectively, which includes monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro rings, And ring and bridge ring.
- a hetero atom may occupy a position where a heterocyclic alkynyl group is bonded to the rest of the molecule.
- the heterocycloalkynyl group is a 4 to 6 membered heterocycloalkynyl group; in other embodiments, the heterocycloalkynyl group is a 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkynyl group.
- halo or “halogen”, by itself or as part of another substituent, denotes a fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atom. Further, the term “haloalkyl” is intended to include both monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
- halo(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl is intended to include, but is not limited to, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like. Wait. Unless otherwise specified, examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and pentachloroethyl.
- alkoxy represents attached through an oxygen bridge
- C 1-6 alkoxy groups include C 1, C 2, C 3 , C 4, C 5 , and C 6 alkoxy groups.
- the alkoxy group is a C 1-3 alkoxy group.
- alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, and S- Pentyloxy.
- aromatic ring and “aryl” are used interchangeably and the term “aryl ring” or “aryl” means a polyunsaturated carbocyclic ring system which may be monocyclic, bicyclic or poly A ring system in which at least one ring is aromatic, and each ring in the bicyclic and polycyclic ring system is fused together. It may be mono- or poly-substituted, may be monovalent, divalent or multivalent, in some embodiments, the aryl is a C 6-12 aryl; in other embodiments, the aryl It is a C 6-10 aryl group.
- aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl (including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, and the like). Substituents for any of the above aryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described herein.
- heteroaryl ring and “heteroaryl” are used interchangeably and the term “heteroaryl” means 1, 2, 3 or 4 independently selected from B, N, O and An aryl (or aromatic ring) of a hetero atom of S, which may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system in which the nitrogen atom may be substituted or unsubstituted (ie, N or NR, wherein R is H or has been herein Other substituents are defined, and are optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O) p , p is 1 or 2).
- a heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom.
- the heteroaryl is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl; in other embodiments, the heteroaryl is a 5-6 membered heteroaryl.
- the heteroaryl group include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl (including N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), pyrazolyl (including 2-pyrazolyl and 3-pyrazolyl, etc.) , imidazolyl (including N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl and 5-imidazolyl, etc.), oxazolyl (including 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl and 5-oxazolyl, etc.) , triazolyl (1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,4-triazolyl and 4H-1,2,4- Triazolyl
- C n-n+m or C n -C n+m includes any one of n to n+m carbons, for example, C 1-12 includes C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , C 8 , C 9 , C 10 , C 11 , and C 12 , also including any range of n to n+m, for example, C 1-12 includes C 1-3 , C 1-6 , C 1-9 , C 3-6 , C 3-9 , C 3-12 , C 6-9 , C 6-12 , and C 9-12 , etc.; similarly, n to n
- the +m element indicates that the number of atoms on the ring is n to n+m, for example, the 3-12 element ring includes a 3-membered ring, a 4-membered ring, a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring, a 7-membered ring, an 8-membere
- a 10-membered ring, an 11-membered ring, and a 12-membered ring and includes any one of n to n+m, for example, a 3-12-membered ring including a 3-6-membered ring, a 3-9-membered ring, and a 5-6-membered ring. Ring, 5-7 membered ring, 6-7 membered ring, 6-8 membered ring, and 6-10 membered ring.
- leaving group refers to a functional group or atom which may be substituted by another functional group or atom by a substitution reaction (for example, an affinity substitution reaction).
- substituent groups include triflate; chlorine, bromine, iodine; sulfonate groups such as mesylate, tosylate, p-bromobenzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonic acid Esters and the like; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy, trifluoroacetoxy and the like.
- protecting group includes, but is not limited to, "amino protecting group", “hydroxy protecting group” or “thiol protecting group”.
- amino protecting group refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing side reactions at the amino nitrogen position.
- Representative amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, formyl; acyl, such as alkanoyl (e.g., acetyl, trichloroacetyl or trifluoroacetyl); alkoxycarbonyl, e.g., tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc) Arylmethoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc); arylmethyl, such as benzyl (Bn), trityl (Tr), 1, 1-di -(4'-methoxyphenyl)methyl; silyl groups such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-
- hydroxy protecting group refers to a protecting group suitable for use in preventing hydroxy side reactions.
- Representative hydroxy protecting groups include, but are not limited to, alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl and t-butyl groups; acyl groups such as alkanoyl groups (e.g., acetyl); arylmethyl groups such as benzyl (Bn), Oxybenzyl (PMB), 9-fluorenylmethyl (Fm) and diphenylmethyl (diphenylmethyl, DPM); silyl groups such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyl Dimethylsilyl (TBS) and the like.
- alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl and t-butyl groups
- acyl groups such as alkanoyl groups (e.g., acetyl)
- arylmethyl groups such as benzyl (Bn), Oxybenzyl (PMB), 9-fluoreny
- the formate of a compound is obtained by chromatography in a formic acid system (A phase: H2O + 0.225% formic acid, B phase: acetonitrile).
- the compounds of the present invention can be prepared by a variety of synthetic methods well known to those skilled in the art, including the specific embodiments set forth below, combinations thereof with other chemical synthetic methods, and those well known to those skilled in the art. Equivalent alternatives, preferred embodiments include, but are not limited to, embodiments of the invention.
- the solvent used in the present invention is commercially available.
- the present invention employs the following abbreviations: DCM stands for dichloromethane; DMF stands for N,N-dimethylformamide; DMSO stands for dimethyl sulfoxide; NMP stands for N-methylpyrrolidone; Boc stands for t-butoxycarbonyl.
- THF tetrahydrofuran
- NBS N-bromosuccinimide
- TEA triethylamine
- DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine
- NaOH stands for sodium hydroxide
- DBU 1 , 8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene
- TFE stands for trifluoroethanol
- TFA trifluoroacetic acid
- HOBt stands for 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
- EDCI.HCl stands for 1-ethyl-(3- Dimethylaminopropyl)carbonyldiimide hydrochloride
- NCS stands for N-chlorosuccinimide
- EDTA-K 2 stands for dipotassium ethylenediaminetetraacetate
- PEG400 stands for polyethylene glycol 400
- PO Representative for oral administration
- IV intravenous administration.
- Compound A1 is subjected to a ring closure reaction with a suitable reagent such as triethyl orthoformate, sulfuric acid/formic acid to give compound A2.
- a suitable reagent such as triethyl orthoformate, sulfuric acid/formic acid
- Compound A2 is reacted with a suitable chlorinating reagent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give compound A3.
- Compound A3 is reacted with a Boc protected amine under the action of a suitable base such as TEA or DIPEA to give compound A4.
- Compound A4 undergoes a deprotection reaction under acidic conditions to give compound A5.
- compound A5 is reacted with a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA.
- a suitable base such as TEA
- Compound (I) is obtained; if there is NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound A5, compound A5 is in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA and a suitable acylating agent ( The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
- Compound A1 is subjected to a ring closure reaction with a suitable reagent such as triethyl orthoformate, sulfuric acid/formic acid to give compound B1, and then compound B1 is treated with pyridine hydrochloride to give demethylated product B2.
- Compound B2 is reacted with acetic anhydride in the presence of a suitable base such as pyridine to give compound B3.
- Compound B3 is reacted with a suitable chlorinating reagent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give compound B4 which is then reacted with a Boc protected amine in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA to afford compound B5.
- Compound B5 and compound B7 are obtained after deacetylating compound B5 and removing the Boc protecting group, respectively. If there is no NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound B7, compound B7 is reacted with a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA.
- a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride
- Compound (I) is obtained; if there is NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound B7, compound B7 is in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA and a suitable acylating reagent (The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
- a suitable base such as TEA
- a suitable acylating reagent The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
- Compound A1 is subjected to a ring closure reaction with a suitable reagent such as urea or a plasma liquid [HDBU + ] [TFE - ] and carbon dioxide gas prepared by DBU and TFE to obtain compound C1.
- a suitable chlorinating reagent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give the dichloro product C2 which is then reacted with a Boc-protected amine in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA to afford compound C3.
- Compound C3 is reacted with a nucleophile such as a substituted amino group, an alcohol or potassium cyanide in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or potassium fluoride to provide compound C4.
- Deprotection of compound C4 affords compound C5. If there is no NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound C5, compound C5 is reacted with a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA. Compound (I) is obtained; if there is NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound C5, compound C5 is in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA and a suitable acylating reagent ( The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
- a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride
- Compound A1 is subjected to a ring-closing reaction with a suitable reagent such as urea or a plasma liquid [HDBU + ][TFE - ] and carbon dioxide gas prepared by DBU and TFE to obtain compound D1, and then compound D1 is treated with pyridine hydrochloride to obtain a depolarization.
- Base product D2 Compound D2 is reacted with acetic anhydride in the presence of a suitable base such as pyridine to afford compound D3.
- Compound D3 is reacted with a suitable chlorinating reagent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give compound D4 which is then reacted with a Boc-protected amine in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA to afford compound D5.
- Compound D5 is reacted with a nucleophile such as a substituted amino group, an alcohol or potassium cyanide in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or potassium fluoride to give compound D6. Decarboxylation of compound D6 and removal of the Boc protecting group afforded compound D7 and compound D8, respectively. If there is no NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound D8, compound D8 is reacted with a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA.
- a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride
- Compound (I) is obtained; if there is NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound D8, compound D8 is in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA and a suitable acylating reagent (The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
- a suitable base such as TEA
- a suitable acylating reagent The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
- compound E1 is reacted with a suitable acid chloride such as methyl 3-chloro-3-oxopropionate to give compound E2.
- a suitable acid chloride such as methyl 3-chloro-3-oxopropionate
- a suitable enamine such as (E)-4-ethoxy-1,1,1-trifluoro-3-buten-2-one
- E3 is heated and reacted under a dehydrating agent such as p-toluenesulfonic acid to obtain a compound A4 after dehydration, and the compound E2 is directly closed in the presence of a strong base (such as sodium methoxide) to obtain a compound E4.
- a strong base such as sodium methoxide
- Compound E4 is hydrolyzed to give compound E5, which is then subjected to a Curtius rearrangement reaction to give Boc protected amino compound E6.
- Compound E6 is deprotected to give compound E7, which is then brominated with the appropriate bromination reagent (e.g., NBS) to afford compound E8.
- Compound E8 is reacted with a suitable cyanating reagent such as cyanide to give compound E9.
- Compound E9 is hydrolyzed to give compound A1.
- the ninth step is a first step.
- Example 4 The formate salt of Example 4 was synthesized by reference to Example 1.
- Example 6 The synthesis of Example 6 is referred to Example 4.
- Example 7 The synthesis of Example 7 is referred to Example 4.
- Example 8 The formate salt of Example 8 was synthesized by reference to Example 4.
- 1 H NMR 400MHz, CD 3 OD
- ⁇ 8.48 s, 1H
- 7.39-7.33 m, 1H
- 7.14 s, 1H
- 6.86-6.74 m, 3H
- 4.40-4.35 m, 4H
- 4.19-4.15 m, 4H
- 3.92-3.90 m, 1H
- 3.90 - 3.86 m, 8H
- 2.87-2.82 m, 4H
- LCMS m/z: 590.1 (M+1).
- Example 11 The synthesis of Example 11 is referred to Example 1.
- 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CD 3 OD
- ⁇ 8.45 8.45 (brs, 1H), 7.29-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.77-6.60 (m, 3H), 6.21-6.14 (m, 1H), 5.73-5.68 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.83-3.75 (m, 4H);
- Example 12 The synthesis of Example 12 is referred to Example 1.
- 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CD 3 OD
- ⁇ 7.30-7.21 m, 1H
- 7.14 s, 1H
- 6.75-6.61 m, 3H
- 5.74-5.68 m, 1H
- 5.28-5.14 m, 1H
- 2.95-2.80 m, 2H
- 2.70-2.55 m, 2H
- 2.15-2.00 2.15-2.00 (m, 2H)
- 1.97-1.85 m, 2H
- LCMS ESI m/z: 577.2 (M+1).
- Example 13 The formate salt of Example 13 was synthesized by reference to Example 1.
- 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CD 3 OD
- ⁇ 8.54 s, 1H
- 7.42 - 7.38 m, 1H
- 7.30 s, 1H
- 6.86-6.74 m, 3H
- 4.08-4.01 m, 4H
- 3.92-3.88 m, 4H
- LCMS LCMS (ESI) m/z: 489.0 (M+1).
- Example 14 The formate salt of Example 14 was synthesized by reference to Example 1.
- 1 H NMR 400MHz, CD 3 OD
- ⁇ 8.55 s, 1H
- 7.31-7.27 m, 1H
- 6.57-6.22 m, 1H
- 4.30-4.16 m, 4H), 3.99- 3.91 (m, 4H)
- LCMS m.
- Example 15 The synthesis of Example 15 is referred to Example 12.
- 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CD 3 OD
- LCMS ESI) m/ z: 560.1 (M+1).
- Example 16 The synthesis of Example 16 is referred to Example 1.
- 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CD 3 OD
- Example 17 The synthesis of Example 17 is referred to Example 16.
- 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CD 3 OD
- LCMS (ESI) m/z: 478.1 (M+1).
- Example 18 The synthesis of Example 18 is referred to Example 16.
- the ninth step is a first step.
- Example 20 The synthesis of Example 20 is referred to Example 1.
- 1 H NMR 400MHz, CD 3 OD
- ⁇ 8.73 s, 1H
- 7.45-7.25 m, 2H
- 6.95-6.75 m, 4H
- 3.90 s, 8H
- LCMS m/z: 396.1 (M+1).
- the ninth step is a first step.
- Example 2 To a solution of Example 2 (20 mg, 43.16 ⁇ mol, 1 eq.) and TEA (5 mg, 49.41 ⁇ mol, 6.88 ⁇ L, 1.14 eq.) in DCM (2 mL) Methylcarbamoyl chloride (5 mg, 46.49 micromoles, 4.27 microliters, 1.08 equivalents). The above reaction solution was stirred at 0 ° C for 0.5 hour. The target product was detected by LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
- Example 23 The synthesis of Example 23 is referred to Example 4.
- Example 24 The synthesis of Example 24 was referred to Example 4.
- Example 25 The synthesis of Example 25 is referred to Example 1 and Example 20.
- 1 H NMR 400MHz, CD 3 OD
- ⁇ 8.79 s, 1H
- 7.33-7.20 m, 2H
- 6.91-6.74 m, 3H
- 4.00 br s, 4H
- 2.09 s, 3H
- LCMS ESI m/z: 460.3 (M+ 1).
- Example 27 (150 mg, 250.46 ⁇ mol) was dissolved in methanol (3 ml), and a solution of hydrochloric acid (0.66 ml) dissolved in water (0.66 ml) was added to the solution, followed by stirring at 25 ° C 30 minute. LCMS showed the title product was formed, and the mixture was concentrated to give a crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC (carboxylic acid) to afford Example 28.
- Example 29 The synthesis of Example 29 is referred to Example 26.
- 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CD 3 OD
- Example 32a The synthesis of compound 32a is referred to Example 1, Example 2 and Example 26.
- Example 34 Example 35, and Example 36
- Example 34 The formate salt of Example 34 was synthesized by referring to Example 2 and Example 26.
- Example 38 The formate salt of Example 38 was obtained by the synthesis of Reference Example 1, Example 2 and Example 26.
- 1 H NMR 400MHz, CD 3 OD
- ⁇ 8.28 br s, 1H
- 7.26-7.11 m, 2H
- LCMS m/z : 561.4 (M+1).
- Example 39 The formate salt of Example 39 was synthesized by reference to Example 1, Example 2 and Example 26.
- 1 H NMR 400 MHz, CD 3 OD
- Example 40 The formate salt of Example 40 was synthesized by reference to Example 2 and Example 26.
- 1 H NMR 400MHz, CD 3 OD
- Example 43 Example 43, Example 44 and Example 45
- NCS 64.51 mg, 483.11 ⁇ mol, 2 eq.
- HPLC showed the remaining material.
- EtOAc EtOAc
- EtOAc EtOAc
- LC-MS showed that the starting material remained and the target product was formed.
- the reaction mixture was stirred with EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc.
- the ninth step is a first step.
- Multi-label microplate reader Envision, cell culture flask, 384 cell culture microplate, Vi-cell XR cell activity analyzer, CO2 incubator, 300 ⁇ L 12-channel electric pipette, Echo ultrasonic nano-liquid workstation
- NCI-H358 (G12C mutation) cells, anti of A375 (wild-type) cells and MIA PaCa2 (G12C mutant) cell proliferation activity IC 50 data is shown in Table 1 and Table 2.
- the compounds of the present invention showed high anti-proliferative activity against KRAS G12C mutant cells NCI-H358 and MIA PaCa2, and the anti-proliferative activity of wild-type A375 cells was weak, showing high selectivity.
- Example 1 5.3 17.8
- Example 2 5.36 >50
- Example 6 14.64 39.85 Formate for Example 8 1.41 39.09
- Example 11 23.99 42.21
- Example 12 14.18 9.89
- Example 15 13.86 >50
- Example 18 7.18 2.86
- Example 22 5.12 24.41 Example 26 13.30 32.58 Example 27 20.8 50 Example 28 9.93 36.18 Example 31 1.64 33.29 Example 32 0.45 29.26 Example 33 15.82 39.64 Formate for Example 34 1.05 28.30 Example 37 1.05 19.69 Example 41 0.15 12.24 Example 42 0.01 4.57 Example 44 3.67 9.02 Example 45 0.01 6.24 Example 46 1.95 >50 Example 47 1.00 27.88 Example 48 0.18 20.79 Example 49 0.05 7.32 Example 50 5.49 >50 Example 51 2.04 8.82 Example 52 0.06 7.39 Example 53 2.27 8.91 Example 54 0.29 6.66 Trifluoroacetate salt of Example 55 4.26 50
- Example 2 6.48
- Example 6 12.7 Formate for Example 8 2.31
- Example 25 15.27
- Example 31 1.25
- Example 32 0.37
- Example 35 12.04
- Example 36 1.11
- Example 37 1.44
- Example 41 0.16 Example 42 0.02 Example 44 2.97 Example 45 0.01 Example 46 1.79 Example 47 0.82 Example 48 0.13 Example 49 0.07 Example 50 3.90
- Test article (10 mM), Testosterone (testosterone, control, 10 mM), Diclofenac (diclofenac, control, 10 mM), Propafenone (propylpropionide, control, 10 mM), human liver microsomes, rat liver microsomes, Mouse liver microsomes.
- liver microsome solution final concentration: 0.5 mg protein/mL
- T 1/2 and Cl int(mic) are calculated by the following formula.
- Each gram of liver contains 45 mg of microsomal protein, and the liver weights of mice, rats, dogs, monkeys, and humans are 88 g/kg, 40 g/kg, 32 g/kg, 30 g/kg, and 20 g/kg, respectively.
- C t is the concentration at time t
- t is the incubation time
- K e is the elimination rate constant
- Cl int (mic) is the intrinsic clearance of liver particles
- Cl int (liver) is the intrinsic clearance of liver rate.
- CL int(liver) CL int(mic) ⁇ mg microsomal protein / g liver weight ⁇ liver weight to body weight ratio
- the compound of the present invention shows a long half-life in the liver microsome stability test of human, rat and mouse, and therefore it is presumed that the compound of the present invention has good metabolic stability in vivo.
- mice Male Sprague-Dawley rats were used as test animals, and the concentration of the drug in plasma at different times after intravenous administration and administration of the test compound was determined by LC/MS/MS. The pharmacokinetic behavior of the test compound in rats was studied and its pharmacokinetic characteristics were evaluated.
- Test animals 10 healthy adult male Sprague-Dawley rats were divided into 4 groups according to the principle of similar body weight. Group IV (two groups) each group of 2, PO group (two groups) each group of 3. Animals were purchased from Beijing Weitong Lihua Experimental Animal Co., Ltd.
- Group IV Weigh the appropriate amount of sample, add appropriate amount of DMSO, PEG400 and water according to the volume ratio of 10:60:30, and stir to obtain a clarified state of 1.5 mg/mL.
- group IV was administered intravenously at a dose of 2 mL/kg at a dose of 3 mg/kg.
- the PO group was administered intragastrically at a dose of 10 mL/kg and a dose of 10 mg/kg.
- test compounds Male SD rats were given the test compound, and 200 ul of blood was collected at 0.0833, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 24 hours, and placed in commercialization with EDTA-K 2 in advance. In the anti-coagulation tube. After administration of the test compound to the intragastric administration group, 200 ul of blood was collected at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 24 hours, respectively, and placed in a commercial anticoagulant tube to which EDTA-K 2 was previously added. in. The tube was centrifuged for 15 minutes to separate the plasma and stored at -60 °C. Animals can be fed after 2 hours of administration. The content of test compounds in plasma after intravenous and intragastric administration in rats was determined by LC/MS/MS. The linear range of the method was 2.00-6000 nM; plasma samples were analyzed by acetonitrile precipitation protein analysis.
- the compounds of the present invention showed higher exposure and better oral availability than the reference compound ARS-1620.
- test compound The in vivo efficacy of the test compound on the subcutaneous xenograft tumor model of human pancreatic cancer MIA-PaCa2 cells was evaluated.
- mice Female, 6-8 weeks, weigh approximately 18-22 grams. Each mouse was inoculated subcutaneously with 0.2 mL (1 ⁇ 10 7 ) MIA-PaCa 2 cells (with matrigel, volume ratio 1:1). Dosing begins when the average tumor volume reaches approximately 169 cubic millimeters.
- the antitumor effect of the compound was evaluated by TGI (%). TGI (%), reflecting the tumor growth inhibition rate.
- TGI (%) [(1 - mean tumor volume at the end of administration of a treatment group - mean tumor volume at the start of administration of the treatment group)) / (average tumor at the end of treatment of the solvent control group) Volume-solvent control group average tumor volume at the start of treatment)] ⁇ 100%.
- the compounds of the invention exhibit good in vivo efficacy in a human pancreatic cancer MIA-PaCa2 cell subcutaneous xenograft model. Twenty days after the start of administration, the compound of the present invention had a significant antitumor effect as compared with the solvent control group, and had a significant dose-effect relationship.
- test compound The in vivo efficacy of the test compound on the human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model was evaluated.
- TGI (%) [(1 - mean tumor volume at the end of administration of a treatment group - mean tumor volume at the start of administration of the treatment group) / (mean tumor volume at the end of treatment of the solvent control group) - The average tumor volume at the start of treatment in the solvent control group)] x 100%.
- the compounds of the present invention exhibited good in vivo efficacy in a human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model. Twenty days after the start of administration, the compound of the present invention has a significant antitumor effect as compared with the reference compound ARS-1620.
- test compound The in vivo efficacy of the test compound on a human pancreatic cancer x-MIA-PaCa2 cell subcutaneous xenograft tumor model was evaluated.
- NU/NU mice female, 6-8 weeks old, weighing 17-20 grams. A total of 100 (more than 30% of the animals) are required.
- 0.2 mL (10 ⁇ 10 6 ) of x-MIA-PaCa 2 cells were subcutaneously inoculated into the right back of each mouse, and the group was started when the average tumor volume reached about 150 mm 3 .
- the dose was administered as shown in Table 7. Tumor diameters were measured twice a week using vernier calipers.
- TGI (%) [(1 - mean tumor volume at the end of administration of a treatment group - mean tumor volume at the start of administration of the treatment group) / (mean tumor volume at the end of treatment of the solvent control group) - The average tumor volume at the start of treatment in the solvent control group)] x 100%.
- the compounds of the present invention show good in vivo efficacy in a human pancreatic cancer x-MIA-PaCa2 cell subcutaneous xenograft model.
- the compound of the present invention had a significant antitumor effect compared to the reference compound ARS-1620 14 days after the start of administration.
- test compound The in vivo efficacy of the test compound on the human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model was evaluated.
- mice Female, 6-8 weeks old, weighing 18-20 grams. A total of 40 are needed.
- NCI-H358 tumor cells were resuspended in PBS to prepare a cell suspension with a density of 5 ⁇ 10 7 /mL, and subcutaneously inoculated into the right back of each mouse (0.1 mL, 5 ⁇ 10 6 /pc) Waiting for tumor growth.
- the average tumor volume reached about 166 mm 3
- randomized administration was started, and the doses are shown in Table 8. Tumor diameters were measured twice a week using vernier calipers.
- TGI (%) [(1 - mean tumor volume at the end of administration of a treatment group - mean tumor volume at the start of administration of the treatment group) / (mean tumor volume at the end of treatment of the solvent control group) - The average tumor volume at the start of treatment in the solvent control group)] x 100%.
- the compound of the present invention has a significant antitumor effect compared to the reference compound ARS-1620 at the same dose (15 mg/kg).
- the compound of the present invention exhibited a remarkable tumor suppressing effect at a dose (5 mg/kg) lower than that of the reference compound ARS-1620 (15 mg/kg). This indicates that the compound of the present invention exhibits good in vivo efficacy in a human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model, and the antitumor effect has a dose-dependent tendency.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请主张如下优先权:This application claims the following priority:
CN201810055396.8,申请日2018年01月19日;CN201810055396.8, the application date is January 19, 2018;
CN201810712103.9,申请日2018年06月29日。CN201810712103.9, the application date is June 29, 2018.
本发明涉及新的取代吡啶酮并嘧啶类衍生物,具体涉及式(I)所示化合物或其异构体、药学上可接受的盐,以及式(I)所示合物或其异构体、药学上可接受的盐和药用组合物在制备治疗癌症药物中的应用。The present invention relates to a novel substituted pyridone pyrimidine derivative, in particular to a compound of the formula (I) or an isomer thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and a compound of the formula (I) or an isomer thereof The use of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and a pharmaceutical composition for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of cancer.
第一个RAS癌基因发现自大鼠肉瘤(rat sarcoma),因此得名。RAS蛋白是由RAS基因表达的产物,指一类紧密相关的,由189个氨基酸组成的单体球蛋白,其分子量为21KDa。RAS蛋白可以与鸟嘌呤三核苷酸磷酸(GTP)或鸟嘌呤二核苷酸磷酸(GDP)结合,RAS蛋白的活性状态对细胞的生长、分化、细胞骨架、蛋白质运输和分泌等都具有影响,其活性是通过与GTP或GDP的结合进行调节:当RAS蛋白与GDP结合时,它处于休眠状态,也就是“失活”状态;当有上游特定的细胞生长因子刺激时,RAS蛋白被诱导交换GDP,与GTP结合,此时称为“活化”状态。与GTP结合的RAS蛋白能够活化下游的蛋白,进行信号传递。RAS蛋白自身具有弱的水解GTP水解活性,能够水解GTP到GDP。这样就可以实现从活化状态到失活状态的转化。在这个水解过程中,还需要GAP(GTPase activating proteins,GTP水解酶活化蛋白)参与。它能与RAS蛋白作用,大大促进其水解GTP到GDP的能力。RAS蛋白的突变将影响其与GAP的作用,也就影响了其水解GTP到GDP的能力,使其一直处于活化状态。活化的RAS蛋白持续的给予下游蛋白生长信号,最终导致细胞不停的生长和分化,最终产生肿瘤。RAS基因家族成员众多,其中与各种癌症密切相关的亚家族主要有克尔斯滕大鼠肉瘤病毒致癌基因同源物(KRAS)、哈维大鼠肉瘤病毒致癌同源物(HRAS)和神经母细胞瘤大鼠肉瘤病毒致癌基因同源物(NRAS)。人们发现大约30%的人类肿瘤中都携带某些突变的RAS基因,其中以KRAS突变最为显著,占到所有RAS突变中的86%。对于KRAS突变,最为常见的突变出现在12号甘氨酸(G12),13号甘氨酸(G13)和61号谷氨酰胺(Q61)残基上,其中G12突变占到83%。The first RAS oncogene was found in rat sarcoma, hence the name. The RAS protein is a product expressed by the RAS gene and refers to a closely related monomeric globulin consisting of 189 amino acids with a molecular weight of 21 kDa. The RAS protein can bind to guanine trinucleotide phosphate (GTP) or guanine dinucleotide phosphate (GDP). The active state of RAS protein has an effect on cell growth, differentiation, cytoskeleton, protein transport and secretion. Its activity is regulated by binding to GTP or GDP: when RAS protein binds to GDP, it is dormant, that is, "inactivated" state; when upstream specific cell growth factor is stimulated, RAS protein is induced Exchange GDP, combined with GTP, is called the "activation" state. The RAS protein that binds to GTP activates downstream proteins for signal transmission. The RAS protein itself has weak hydrolyzed GTP hydrolyzing activity and is capable of hydrolyzing GTP to GDP. This allows conversion from an activated state to an inactivated state. In this hydrolysis process, GAP (GTPase activating proteins) is also involved. It works with RAS proteins and greatly enhances its ability to hydrolyze GTP to GDP. Mutations in the RAS protein will affect its interaction with GAP, which affects its ability to hydrolyze GTP to GDP, making it active. The activated RAS protein continues to give downstream protein growth signals, ultimately leading to constant cell growth and differentiation, ultimately resulting in tumors. There are many members of the RAS gene family. Among them, the subfamilies closely related to various cancers include Kirsten rat sarcoma virus oncogene homolog (KRAS), Harvey rat sarcoma virus oncogenic homolog (HRAS) and nerve. Maternal tumor rat sarcoma virus oncogene homolog (NRAS). It has been found that approximately 30% of human tumors carry certain mutated RAS genes, with KRAS mutations being the most prominent, accounting for 86% of all RAS mutations. For KRAS mutations, the most common mutations occurred on residues 12 (G12), 13 glycine (G13) and 61 glutamine (Q61), with G12 mutations accounting for 83%.
G12C突变是KRAS基因突变中比较常见的一个亚型,它是指12号甘氨酸突变为半胱氨酸。KRAS G12C突变在肺癌中最为常见,根据文献(Nat Rev Drug Discov 2014;13:828-851)报道的数据推算,KRAS G12C突变占到所有肺癌患者的10%左右。The G12C mutation is a relatively common subtype of the KRAS gene mutation, which means that the 12th glycine is mutated to cysteine. KRAS G12C mutations are most common in lung cancer. According to data reported in the literature (Nat Rev Drug Discov 2014; 13: 828-851), KRAS G12C mutations account for about 10% of all lung cancer patients.
KRAS G12C突变蛋白作为一个前沿靶点,目前的研究还不是很多。文献(Nature.2013;503:548-551)报道了一类靶向KRAS G12C突变的共价结合抑制剂,但是这类化合物酶活性不高,在细胞水平没有表现出活性。文献(Science 2016;351:604-608,Cancer Discov 2016;6:316-29)报道的一类化合物在细胞水平表现出了μM级别的细胞抗增殖活性,但是其代谢稳定性差,活性也很难进行进一步提高。近年来,Araxes Pharma公司申请了数篇针对KRAS G12C抑制剂的专利,例如WO2016164675和WO2016168540就报道了一类喹唑啉衍生物具有较高的酶结合活性,且表现出μM级别的细胞抗增殖活性,其结构稳定,并有一定的选择性。Amgen(WO2018119183A2)与AstraZeneca(WO2018206539)公司在2018年 分别有关于KRAS G12C抑制剂的专利公开,且Amgen的KRAS G12C抑制剂AMG 510在2018年7月份启动了一期临床研究。纵观目前文献报道的KRAS G12C抑制剂,它们都有一个丙烯酰胺的片段,其作为迈克尔加成受体和KRASG12C突变蛋白上的半胱氨酸残基作用形成共价结合复合物。2018年,LiuYi等人在Cell(Matthew R.Janes,Yi Liu et al.,Cell,2018,172,578–589.)上公开报道了靶向KRAS G12C突变的共价结合抑制剂ARS-1620,该化合物具有很好的代谢稳定性,在细胞水平表现出了nM级别的细胞抗增殖活性,且在胰腺癌MIA-Paca2细胞皮下异种移植肿瘤模型上能有效的抑制肿瘤生长。KRAS G12C mutant protein as a leading target, the current research is not a lot. The literature (Nature. 2013; 503: 548-551) reports a class of covalent binding inhibitors that target the KRAS G12C mutation, but such compounds are not enzymatically active and exhibit no activity at the cellular level. A class of compounds reported in the literature (Science 2016; 351: 604-608, Cancer Discov 2016; 6: 316-29) showed cell anti-proliferative activity at the muM level at the cellular level, but its metabolic stability was poor and its activity was difficult. Make further improvements. In recent years, Araxes Pharma has applied for several patents for KRAS G12C inhibitors. For example, WO2016164675 and WO2016168540 report that a class of quinazoline derivatives have high enzyme binding activity and exhibit cell proliferation resistance at the μM level. Its structure is stable and has certain selectivity. Amgen (WO2018119183A2) and AstraZeneca (WO2018206539) have published patents on KRAS G12C inhibitors in 2018, respectively, and Amgen's KRAS G12C inhibitor AMG 510 initiated a phase I clinical study in July 2018. Looking at the KRAS G12C inhibitors reported in the literature, they all have a fragment of acrylamide which acts as a cysteine residue on the Michael addition receptor and the KRASG12C mutein to form a covalently bound complex. In 2018, LiuYi et al., Cell (Matthew R. Janes, Yi Liu et al., Cell, 2018, 172, 578-589.) publicly reported a covalent binding inhibitor, ARS-1620, targeting the KRAS G12C mutation. It has good metabolic stability, exhibits nM-level cell anti-proliferative activity at the cellular level, and can effectively inhibit tumor growth in a pancreatic cancer MIA-Paca2 cell subcutaneous xenograft tumor model.
WO2018/064510A1公开了化合物Ex3,但是没有给出表征数据和测试结果。Compound Ex3 is disclosed in WO 2018/064510 A1, but no characterization data and test results are given.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明提供式(I)所示化合物、其药学上可接受的盐或其异构体,The present invention provides a compound of the formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof,
其中,among them,
环A选自3~8元杂环烷基,所述3~8元杂环烷基任选被1、2或3个R取代;Ring A is selected from 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, and said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R;
R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5分别独立地选自H、卤素、OH、NH 2、CN、C 1-6烷基和C 1-6杂烷基,所述C 1-6烷基和C 1-6杂烷基任选被1、2或3个R取代; R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, OH, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl, said C 1- 6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R;
或者,R 1和R 2连接在一起形成环B; Or, R 1 and R 2 are joined together to form a ring B;
或者,R 2和R 3连接在一起形成环B; Or R 2 and R 3 are joined together to form a ring B;
或者,R 3和R 4连接在一起形成环B; Or R 3 and R 4 are joined together to form a ring B;
或者,R 4和R 5连接在一起形成环B; Or R 4 and R 5 are joined together to form a ring B;
环B选自苯基、C 5~6环烯基、5~6元杂环烯基和5~6元杂芳基,所述苯基、C 5~6环烯基和5~6元杂环烯基、5~6元杂芳基任选被1、2或3个R a取代; Ring B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, C 5-6 cycloalkenyl, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl, and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl, C 5-6 cycloalkenyl, and 5 to 6-membered hetero a cycloalkenyl group, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group, optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R a ;
R a选自卤素、OH、NH 2、CN、C 1-6烷基和C 1-6杂烷基,所述C 1-6烷基和C 1-6杂烷基任选被1、2或3个R取代; R a is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl, the C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl optionally being 1, 2 Or 3 R substitutions;
R 6选自H、卤素和C 1-6烷基,所述C 1-6烷基任选被1、2或3个R取代; R 6 is selected from H, halogen and C 1-6 alkyl, said C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R <
R 7选自H、CN、NH 2、C 1-8烷基、C 1-8杂烷基、4~6元杂环烷基、5~6元杂芳基和C 5-6环烷基,所述C 1-8烷基、C 1-8杂烷基、4~6元杂环烷基、5~6元杂芳基和C 5-6环烷基选自任选被1、2或3个R取代; R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NH 2 , C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 heteroalkyl, 4-6-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, and C 5-6 cycloalkyl , the C 1-8 alkyl group, the C 1-8 heteroalkyl group, the 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl group, the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group, and the C 5-6 cycloalkyl group are selected from the group consisting of 1, 2 Or 3 R substitutions;
L选自单键、-NH-、-S-、-O-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、-CH 2-、-CH(R b)-和-C(R b) 2-; L is selected from the group consisting of a single bond, -NH-, -S-, -O-, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, -CH 2 -, -CH(R b )-, and -C( R b ) 2 -;
L’选自单键和-NH-;L' is selected from the group consisting of a single bond and -NH-;
R b选自C 1-3烷基和C 1-3杂烷基,所述C 1-3烷基和C 1-3杂烷基任选被1、2或3个R取代; R b is selected from C 1-3 alkyl and C 1-3 heteroalkyl, and the C 1-3 alkyl and C 1-3 heteroalkyl are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R;
R 8选自H、C 1-6烷基和C 1-6杂烷基,所述C 1-6烷基和C 1-6杂烷基任选被1、2或3个R取代; R 8 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 heteroalkyl are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R;
R选自卤素、OH、NH 2、CN、C 1-6烷基、C 1-6杂烷基和C 3-6元环烷基,所述C 1-6烷基、C 1-6杂烷基和C 3-6元环烷基任选被1、2或3个R’取代; R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, OH, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, and C 3-6 membered cycloalkyl, said C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hetero An alkyl group and a C 3-6 membered cycloalkyl group are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R';
R’选自:F、Cl、Br、I、OH、NH 2、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、CH 3O、CF 3、CHF 2、CH 2F、环丙基、丙基、异丙基、N(CH 3) 2、NH(CH 3); R' is selected from the group consisting of: F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , CH 3 O, CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, cyclopropyl, propyl, iso Propyl, N(CH 3 ) 2 , NH(CH 3 );
“杂”表示杂原子或杂原子团,所述3~8元杂环烷基、C 1-6杂烷基、5~6元杂环烯基、5~6元杂芳基、C 1- 8杂烷基、4~6元杂环烷基、C 1-3杂烷基之“杂”分别独立地选自-C(=O)N(R)-、-N(R)-、-NH-、N、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、-S(=O)-、-S(=O) 2-和-N(R)C(=O)N(R)-; "Heter" means a hetero atom or a hetero atom group, the 3- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl group, a C 1-6 heteroalkyl group, a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl group, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group, and C 1 - 8 The "hetero" of a heteroalkyl group, a 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl group, and a C1-3 heteroalkyl group are each independently selected from -C(=O)N(R)-, -N(R)-, -NH. -, N, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, -S(=O)-, -S(=O 2 - and -N(R)C(=O)N(R)-;
以上任何一种情况下,杂原子或杂原子团的数目分别独立地选自1、2和3。In any of the above cases, the number of heteroatoms or heteroatoms is independently selected from 1, 2 and 3.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R选自F、Cl、Br、I、OH、NH 2、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、CH 3O、CF 3、CHF 2、CH 2F、环丙基、丙基、异丙基、N(CH 3) 2、NH(CH 3)和N(CH 2CH 3) 2。 In some aspects of the invention, the above R is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , CH 3 O, CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, ring Propyl, propyl, isopropyl, N(CH 3 ) 2 , NH(CH 3 ) and N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 .
在本发明的一些方案中,上述环A选自氮杂环丙烷、氮杂环丁烷、吡咯烷、哌啶基、哌嗪基、1,4-二氮环庚烷基和3,6-二氮杂二环[3.2.0]庚烷,所述氮杂环丙烷、氮杂环丁烷、吡咯烷、哌啶基、哌嗪基、1,4-二氮环庚烷基和3,6-二氮杂二环[3.2.0]庚烷任选被1、2或3个R取代。In some embodiments of the invention, ring A is selected from the group consisting of aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 1,4-diazacycloheptyl, and 3,6- Diazabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, the aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 1,4-diazacycloheptyl and 3, 6-diazabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5分别独立地选自H、F、Cl、Br、I、OH、NH 2、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3NH和CH 3NH(C=O)O,所述CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3NH和CH 3NH(C=O)O任选被1、2或3个R取代。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH and CH 3 NH(C=O)O, the CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH and CH 3 NH(C=O)O are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5分别独立地选自H、F、Cl、Br、I、OH、NH 2、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3NH、(CH 3) 2N、(CH 3) 2N(C=O)O和CH 3NH(C=O)O。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH, (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 ) 2 N(C=O)O and CH 3 NH(C=O)O.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述环B选自吡唑基、咪唑基、吡咯基、噻吩基、呋喃基、三唑基、噁唑基、异噁唑基、噻唑基、异噻唑基、苯基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、哒嗪基、三嗪基、吗啉基、环戊烯基和环己烯基,所述吡唑基、咪唑基、吡咯基、噻吩基、呋喃基、三唑基、噁唑基、异噁唑基、噻唑基、异噻唑基、苯基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、哒嗪基、三嗪基、吗啉基、环戊烯基和环己烯基任选被1、2或3个R a取代。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above ring B is selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzene a pyridyl group, a pyridalyl group, a pyridazinyl group Or oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, morpholinyl, cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl optionally Replaced by 1, 2 or 3 R a .
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R a选自F、Cl、Br、I、OH、NH 2、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3C(=O)。 In some aspects of the present invention, the above R a is selected from F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2, CN, CH 3, CH 3 CH 2, (CH 3) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 C (=O).
在本发明的一些方案中,上述环B选自苯基、吡唑基、1-甲基-1H-吡唑基和1-(1H-吡唑-1-基)乙酮基。In some embodiments of the invention, Ring B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrazolyl, 1-methyl-1H-pyrazolyl, and 1-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethanone.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 6选自H、F、Cl、Br、I和C 1-3烷基,所述C 1-3烷基任选被1、2或3个R取代。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, and C 1-3 alkyl, and the C 1-3 alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 6选自H、F、Cl、Br、I、CH 3、CF 3、CHF 2、CH 2F。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, CH 3 , CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 7选自H、CN、NH 2、C 1-6烷基、C 1-6杂烷基、吗啉基、哌啶基、氮杂环丁烷基、氮杂环戊烷基、吡唑基、咪唑基、噁唑基、异恶唑基、噻唑基、异噻唑基、环己烷基、环戊烷基、苯基、吡啶基、哒嗪基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基,所述C 1-6烷基、C 1-6杂烷基、吗啉基、哌啶基、氮杂环丁烷基、氮杂环戊烷基、吡唑基、咪唑基、噁唑基、异恶唑基、噻唑基、异噻唑基、环己烷基、环戊烷基、苯基、吡啶基、哒嗪基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基任选被1、2或3个R取代。 In some embodiments of the invention, R 7 above is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NH 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, azetidinyl, Azacyclopentyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, Pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, said C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, azetidinyl, azetidinyl, pyrazolyl, Imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl are optionally 2 or 3 R substitutions.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 7选自H、CH 3、CN、NH 2、 所述 任选被1、2或3个R取代。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CN, NH 2 , Said Optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 7选自H、CH 3、CN、NH 2、 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CN, NH 2 ,
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 8选自H、C 1-4烷基和C 1-4杂烷基,所述C 1-4烷基和C 1-4杂烷基任选被1、2或3个R取代。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 heteroalkyl, the C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 heteroalkyl optionally being 1 , 2 or 3 R substitutions.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 8选自H、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CHCH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3NH、(CH 3) 2N、(CH 3) 2NCH 2和CH 3NHCH 2。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CHCH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH, (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 and CH 3 NHCH 2 .
在本发明的一些方案中,上述结构单元 选自 其中,R 9选自H和C 1-3烷基。 In some aspects of the invention, the structural unit Selected from Wherein R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H and C 1-3 alkyl.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述结构单元 选自 In some aspects of the invention, the structural unit Selected from
在本发明的一些方案中,上述结构单元 选自H、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、(CH 3) 2N、(CH 3) 2NCH 2、 In some aspects of the invention, the structural unit Selected from H, CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 ,
在本发明的一些方案中,上述结构单元 选自 In some aspects of the invention, the structural unit Selected from
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R选自F、Cl、Br、I、OH、NH 2、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、CH 3O、CF 3、CHF 2、CH 2F、环丙基、丙基、异丙基、N(CH 3) 2、NH(CH 3)和N(CH 2CH 3) 2,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some aspects of the invention, the above R is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , CH 3 O, CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, ring Propyl, propyl, isopropyl, N(CH 3 ) 2 , NH(CH 3 ) and N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , other variables are as defined in the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述环A选自氮杂环丙烷、氮杂环丁烷、吡咯烷、哌啶基、哌嗪基、1,4-二氮环庚烷基和3,6-二氮杂二环[3.2.0]庚烷,所述氮杂环丙烷、氮杂环丁烷、吡咯烷、哌啶基、哌嗪基、1,4-二氮环庚烷基和3,6-二氮杂二环[3.2.0]庚烷任选被1、2或3个R取代,其他变量如本发明所定义。In some embodiments of the invention, ring A is selected from the group consisting of aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 1,4-diazacycloheptyl, and 3,6- Diazabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, the aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 1,4-diazacycloheptyl and 3, 6-diazabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R, other variables being as defined herein.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5分别独立地选自H、F、Cl、Br、I、OH、NH 2、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3NH和CH 3NH(C=O)O,所述CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3NH和CH 3NH(C=O)O任选被1、2或3个R取代,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH and CH 3 NH(C=O)O, the CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH and CH 3 NH(C=O)O are optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5分别独立地选自H、F、Cl、Br、I、OH、NH 2、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3NH、(CH 3) 2N、(CH 3) 2N(C=O)O和CH 3NH(C=O)O,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2 , CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH, (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 ) 2 N(C=O)O and CH 3 NH(C=O)O, other variables As defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述环B选自吡唑基、咪唑基、吡咯基、噻吩基、呋喃基、三唑基、噁唑基、异噁唑基、噻唑基、异噻唑基、苯基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、哒嗪基、三嗪基、吗啉基、环戊烯基和环己烯基,所述吡唑基、咪唑基、吡咯基、噻吩基、呋喃基、三唑基、噁唑基、异噁唑基、噻唑基、异噻唑基、苯基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、哒嗪基、三嗪基、吗啉基、环戊烯基和环己烯基任选被1、2或3个R a取代,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above ring B is selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzene a pyridyl group, a pyridalyl group, a pyridazinyl group Or oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, morpholinyl, cyclopentenyl and cyclohexenyl optionally It is substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R a and the other variables are as defined in the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R a选自F、Cl、Br、I、OH、NH 2、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3C(=O),其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some aspects of the present invention, the above R a is selected from F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH 2, CN, CH 3, CH 3 CH 2, (CH 3) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 C (=O), other variables are as defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述环B选自苯基、吡唑基、1-甲基-1H-吡唑基和1-(1H-吡唑-1-基)乙酮基,其他变量如本发明所定义。In some embodiments of the invention, the above ring B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrazolyl, 1-methyl-1H-pyrazolyl and 1-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethanone, and other variables such as The invention is defined.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 6选自H、F、Cl、Br、I和C 1-3烷基,所述C 1-3烷基任选被1、2或 3个R取代,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 6 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, and C 1-3 alkyl, and the C 1-3 alkyl group is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R. Other variables are as defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 6选自H、F、Cl、Br、I、CH 3、CF 3、CHF 2、CH 2F,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some aspects of the invention, R 6 above is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, I, CH 3 , CF 3 , CHF 2 , CH 2 F, and other variables are as defined herein.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 7选自H、CN、NH 2、C 1-6烷基、C 1-6杂烷基、吗啉基、哌啶基、氮杂环丁烷基、氮杂环戊烷基、吡唑基、咪唑基、噁唑基、异恶唑基、噻唑基、异噻唑基、环己烷基、环戊烷基、苯基、吡啶基、哒嗪基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基,所述C 1-6烷基、C 1-6杂烷基、吗啉基、哌啶基、氮杂环丁烷基、氮杂环戊烷基、吡唑基、咪唑基、噁唑基、异恶唑基、噻唑基、异噻唑基、环己烷基、环戊烷基、苯基、吡啶基、哒嗪基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基任选被1、2或3个R取代,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some embodiments of the invention, R 7 above is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NH 2 , C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, azetidinyl, Azacyclopentyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, Pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, said C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 heteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, azetidinyl, azetidinyl, pyrazolyl, Imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, cyclohexane, cyclopentyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl are optionally 2 or 3 R substitutions, other variables as defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 7选自H、CH 3、CN、NH 2、 所述 任选被1、2或3个R取代,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CN, NH 2 , Said Optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 R, other variables are as defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 7选自H、CH 3、CN、NH 2、 其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CN, NH 2 , Other variables are as defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 8选自H、C 1-4烷基和C 1-4杂烷基,所述C 1-4烷基和C 1-4杂烷基任选被1、2或3个R取代,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 heteroalkyl, the C 1-4 alkyl and C 1-4 heteroalkyl optionally being 1 , 2 or 3 R substitutions, other variables as defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述R 8选自H、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CHCH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、CH 3O、CH 3NH、(CH 3) 2N、(CH 3) 2NCH 2和CH 3NHCH 2,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some embodiments of the invention, the above R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CHCH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, CH 3 O, CH 3 NH, (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 and CH 3 NHCH 2 , other variables are as defined in the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述结构单元 选自 其中,R 9选自H和C 1-3烷基,其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some aspects of the invention, the structural unit Selected from Wherein R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H and C 1-3 alkyl, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述结构单元 选自 其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some aspects of the invention, the structural unit Selected from Other variables are as defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述结构单元 选自H、CN、CH 3、CH 3CH 2、(CH 3) 2CH、(CH 3) 2N、(CH 3) 2NCH 2、 其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some aspects of the invention, the structural unit Selected from H, CN, CH 3 , CH 3 CH 2 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH, (CH 3 ) 2 N, (CH 3 ) 2 NCH 2 , Other variables are as defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述结构单元 选自 其他变量如本发明所定义。 In some aspects of the invention, the structural unit Selected from Other variables are as defined by the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述化合物、其药学上可接受的盐或其异构体,选自In some embodiments of the invention, the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof, is selected from
其中,L、R 1、R 2、R 4、R 5、R 6、R 7、R 8和R ,9如权利本发明所定义。 Wherein L, R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined in the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述化合物、其药学上可接受的盐或其异构体,选自In some embodiments of the invention, the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof, is selected from
其中,R 1、R 2、R 4、R 5、R 6、R 7、R 8、R 9、L和环B如本发明所定义。 Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , L and ring B are as defined in the present invention.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述化合物、其药学上可接受的盐或其异构体,选自In some embodiments of the invention, the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof, is selected from
其中,R 1、R 2、R 4、R 5、R 6、R 7、R 8、L、R 9和R a如本发明所定义。 Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , L, R 9 and R a are as defined in the present invention.
本发明还提供下式化合物、其药学上可接受的盐或其异构体,选自The present invention also provides a compound of the formula: a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof, selected from the group consisting of
在本发明的一些方案中,上述化合物、其药学上可接受的盐或其异构体,选自In some embodiments of the invention, the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof, is selected from
本发明还提供上述化合物、其药学上可接受的盐或其异构体在制备治疗癌症药物中的应用。The present invention also provides the use of the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or an isomer thereof for the preparation of a medicament for treating cancer.
在本发明的一些方案中,上述癌症包括肺癌、淋巴瘤、食管癌、卵巢癌、胰腺癌、直肠癌、脑胶质瘤、子宫颈癌、尿路上皮癌、胃癌、子宫内膜癌、肝癌、胆管癌、乳腺癌、结肠癌、白血病和黑色素瘤。In some aspects of the invention, the cancer includes lung cancer, lymphoma, esophageal cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, rectal cancer, glioma, cervical cancer, urothelial carcinoma, gastric cancer, endometrial cancer, liver cancer. , cholangiocarcinoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, leukemia and melanoma.
本发明还有一些方案是由上述各变量任意组合而来。Still other aspects of the invention are arbitrarily combined from the above variables.
技术效果Technical effect
本发明化合物包括一种取代吡啶酮并嘧啶类衍生物,针对KRAS G12C突变蛋白具有较高的细胞抗增殖活性,而且针对野生型的细胞活性较弱,表现出很好的选择性,显示出该类化合物作为潜在的治疗用药具有较佳的安全性。本发明化合物母核为吡啶酮并嘧啶结构,极性较大,具有较高的溶解度,左侧的芳环上取代基对这个化合物的活性、选择性及药代动力学性质有显著影响。该类结构化学稳定性高,在体外也显示出较高的代谢稳定性。在大鼠药代动力学评价实验中,本发明化合物显示出较参考化合物ARS-1620更高的暴露量和更好的口服利用度。本发明化合物在人非小细胞肺癌NCI-H358皮下异体移植肿瘤模型和人胰腺癌x-MIA-PaCa2皮下异种移植瘤模型中均展示出比参考化合物ARS-1620更显著的抑瘤作用。另外,吡啶酮并嘧啶结构文献报道较少,在其结构上进行取代或衍生化学上有一定难度。本发明也提供了一条新颖的吡啶酮并嘧啶结构合成方法,该方法可以从不同取代的胺出发,通过先构建吡啶酮结构再构建嘧啶环的方法合成一系列衍生物。该方法未见文献报道,是合成此类化合物的一种有效方法。The compound of the present invention comprises a substituted pyridone and pyrimidine derivative, which has high cell anti-proliferative activity against KRAS G12C mutein, and has a weak cell activity against wild type, showing good selectivity, showing that Classes of compounds have better safety as potential therapeutic agents. The mother nucleus of the compound of the present invention is a pyridone-pyrimidine structure, which has a relatively high polarity and a high solubility, and the substituent on the aromatic ring on the left side has a significant influence on the activity, selectivity and pharmacokinetic properties of the compound. This type of structure has high chemical stability and also exhibits high metabolic stability in vitro. In the rat pharmacokinetic evaluation experiment, the compounds of the present invention showed higher exposure and better oral availability than the reference compound ARS-1620. The compound of the present invention exhibited a more significant antitumor effect than the reference compound ARS-1620 in the human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model and the human pancreatic cancer x-MIA-PaCa2 subcutaneous xenograft model. In addition, the structure of pyridone and pyrimidine is reported in the literature, and it is difficult to carry out substitution or derivatization chemistry in its structure. The present invention also provides a novel pyridone-pyrimidine structure synthesis method which can synthesize a series of derivatives by first constructing a pyridone structure and then constructing a pyrimidine ring starting from different substituted amines. This method has not been reported in the literature and is an effective method for synthesizing such compounds.
定义和说明Definition and description
除非另有说明,本文所用的下列术语和短语旨在具有下列含义。一个特定的术语或短语在没有特别定义的情况下不应该被认为是不确定的或不清楚的,而应该按照普通的含义去理解。当本文中出现商品名时,意在指代其对应的商品或其活性成分。这里所采用的术语“药学上可接受的”,是针对那些化合物、材料、组合物和/或剂型而言,它们在可靠的医学判断的范围之内,适用于与人类和动物的组织接触使用,而没有过多的毒性、刺激性、过敏性反应或其它问题或并发症,与合理的利益/风险比相称。Unless otherwise stated, the following terms and phrases as used herein are intended to have the following meanings. A particular term or phrase should not be considered undefined or unclear without a particular definition, but should be understood in the ordinary sense. When a trade name appears in this document, it is intended to refer to its corresponding commodity or its active ingredient. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" as used herein is intended to mean that those compounds, materials, compositions and/or dosage forms are within the scope of sound medical judgment and are suitable for use in contact with human and animal tissues. Without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic reactions or other problems or complications, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
术语“药学上可接受的盐”是指本发明化合物的盐,由本发明发现的具有特定取代基的化合物与相对无毒的酸或碱制备。当本发明的化合物中含有相对酸性的功能团时,可以通过在纯的溶液或合适的惰性溶剂中用足够量的碱与这类化合物的中性形式接触的方式获得碱加成盐。药学上可接受的碱加成盐包括钠、钾、钙、铵、有机胺或镁盐或类似的盐。当本发明的化合物中含有相对碱性的官能团时,可以通过在纯的溶液或合适的惰性溶剂中用足够量的酸与这类化合物的中性形式接触的方式获得酸加成盐。药学上可接受的酸加成盐的实例包括无机酸盐,所述无机酸包括例如盐酸、氢溴酸、硝酸、碳酸,碳酸氢根,磷酸、磷酸一氢根、磷酸二氢根、硫酸、硫酸氢根、氢碘酸、亚磷酸等;以及有机酸盐,所述有机酸包括如乙酸、丙酸、异丁酸、马来酸、丙二酸、苯甲酸、琥珀酸、辛二酸、反丁烯二酸、乳酸、扁桃酸、邻苯二甲酸、苯磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、柠檬酸、酒石酸和甲磺酸等类似的酸;还包括氨基酸(如精氨酸等)的盐,以及如葡糖醛酸等有机酸的盐。本发明的某些特定的化合物含有碱性和酸性的官能团,从而可以被转换成任一碱或酸加成盐。The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt of a compound of the invention prepared from a compound having a particular substituent found in the present invention and a relatively non-toxic acid or base. When a relatively acidic functional group is contained in the compound of the present invention, a base addition salt can be obtained by contacting a neutral amount of such a compound with a sufficient amount of a base in a neat solution or a suitable inert solvent. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amine or magnesium salts or similar salts. When a relatively basic functional group is contained in the compound of the present invention, an acid addition salt can be obtained by contacting a neutral form of such a compound with a sufficient amount of an acid in a neat solution or a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include inorganic acid salts including, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, hydrogencarbonate, phosphoric acid, monohydrogen phosphate, dihydrogen phosphate, sulfuric acid, Hydrogen sulfate, hydroiodic acid, phosphorous acid, etc.; and an organic acid salt, such as acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, Similar acids such as fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, and methanesulfonic acid; and salts of amino acids (such as arginine, etc.) And salts of organic acids such as glucuronic acid. Certain specific compounds of the invention contain both basic and acidic functional groups which can be converted to any base or acid addition salt.
本发明的药学上可接受的盐可由含有酸根或碱基的母体化合物通过常规化学方法合成。一般情况下,这样的盐的制备方法是:在水或有机溶剂或两者的混合物中,经由游离酸或碱形式的这些化合物与化学计量的适当的碱或酸反应来制备。The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound containing an acid group or a base by conventional chemical methods. In general, such salts are prepared by reacting these compounds in water or an organic solvent or a mixture of the two via a free acid or base form with a stoichiometric amount of a suitable base or acid.
除了盐的形式,本发明所提供的化合物还存在前药形式。本文所描述的化合物的前药容易地在生理条件下发生化学变化从而转化成本发明的化合物。此外,前体药物可以在体内环境中通过化学或生化方法被转换到本发明的化合物。In addition to the form of the salt, the compounds provided herein also exist in the form of prodrugs. Prodrugs of the compounds described herein are readily chemically altered under physiological conditions to convert to the compounds of the invention. Furthermore, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an in vivo setting.
本发明的某些化合物可以以非溶剂化形式或者溶剂化形式存在,包括水合物形式。一般而言,溶剂化形式与非溶剂化的形式相当,都包含在本发明的范围之内。Certain compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated or solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to the unsolvated forms and are included within the scope of the invention.
本发明的化合物可以存在特定的几何或立体异构体形式。本发明设想所有的这类化合物,包括顺式和反式异构体、(-)-和(+)-对对映体、(R)-和(S)-对映体、非对映异构体、(D)-异构体、(L)-异构体,及其外消旋混合物和其他混合物,例如对映异构体或非对映体富集的混合物,所有这些混合物都属于本发明的范围之内。烷基等取代基中可存在另外的不对称碳原子。所有这些异构体以及它们的混合物,均包括在本发明的范围之内。The compounds of the invention may exist in specific geometric or stereoisomeric forms. The present invention contemplates all such compounds, including the cis and trans isomers, the (-)- and (+)-p-enantiomers, the (R)- and (S)-enantiomers, and the diastereomeric a conformation, a (D)-isomer, a (L)-isomer, and a racemic mixture thereof, and other mixtures, such as enantiomerically or diastereomeric enriched mixtures, all of which belong to It is within the scope of the invention. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the substituents such as alkyl groups. All such isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, are included within the scope of the invention.
除非另有说明,术语“对映异构体”或者“旋光异构体”是指互为镜像关系的立体异构体。Unless otherwise indicated, the terms "enantiomer" or "optical isomer" refer to stereoisomers that are mirror images of one another.
除非另有说明,术语“顺反异构体”或者“几何异构体”系由因双键或者成环碳原子单键不能自由旋转而引起。Unless otherwise indicated, the term "cis-trans isomer" or "geometric isomer" is caused by the inability to freely rotate a single bond due to a double bond or a ring-forming carbon atom.
除非另有说明,术语“非对映异构体”是指分子具有两个或多个手性中心,并且分子间为非镜像的关系的立体异构体。Unless otherwise indicated, the term "diastereomer" refers to a stereoisomer in which the molecule has two or more chiral centers and the molecules are in a non-mirrored relationship.
除非另有说明,“(D)”或者“(+)”表示右旋,“(L)”或者“(-)”表示左旋,“(DL)”或者“(±)”表示外消旋。Unless otherwise indicated, "(D)" or "(+)" means dextrorotatory, "(L)" or "(-)" means left-handed, "(DL)" or "(±)" means racemic.
除非另有说明,用楔形实线键 和楔形虚线键 表示一个立体中心的绝对构型,用直形实线键 和直形虚线键 表示立体中心的相对构型,用波浪线 表示楔形实线键 或楔形虚线键 或用波浪线 表示直形实线键 和直形虚线键 Wedge solid key unless otherwise stated And wedge-shaped dashed keys Represents the absolute configuration of a solid center with straight solid keys And straight dashed keys Indicates the relative configuration of the stereocenter, using wavy lines Indicates a wedge solid key Or wedge-shaped dotted key Or with wavy lines Represents a straight solid key And straight dashed keys
本发明的化合物可以存在特定的。除非另有说明,术语“互变异构体”或“互变异构体形式”是指在室温下,不同官能团异构体处于动态平衡,并能很快的相互转化。若互变异构体是可能的(如在溶液中), 则可以达到互变异构体的化学平衡。例如,质子互变异构体(proton tautomer)(也称质子转移互变异构体(prototropic tautomer))包括通过质子迁移来进行的互相转化,如酮-烯醇异构化和亚胺-烯胺异构化。价键异构体(valence tautomer)包括一些成键电子的重组来进行的相互转化。其中酮-烯醇互变异构化的具体实例是戊烷-2,4-二酮与4-羟基戊-3-烯-2-酮两个互变异构体之间的互变。The compounds of the invention may be present in particular. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms "tautomer" or "tautomeric form" mean that the different functional isomers are in dynamic equilibrium at room temperature and can be rapidly converted into each other. If tautomers are possible (as in solution), the chemical equilibrium of the tautomers can be achieved. For example, proton tautomers (also known as prototropic tautomers) include interconversions by proton transfer, such as keto-enol isomerization and imine-enes. Amine isomerization. The valence tautomer includes the mutual transformation of some of the bonding electrons. A specific example of keto-enol tautomerization is the interconversion between two tautomers of pentane-2,4-dione and 4-hydroxypent-3-en-2-one.
除非另有说明,术语“富含一种异构体”、“异构体富集”、“富含一种对映体”或者“对映体富集”指其中一种异构体或对映体的含量小于100%,并且,该异构体或对映体的含量大于等于60%,或者大于等于70%,或者大于等于80%,或者大于等于90%,或者大于等于95%,或者大于等于96%,或者大于等于97%,或者大于等于98%,或者大于等于99%,或者大于等于99.5%,或者大于等于99.6%,或者大于等于99.7%,或者大于等于99.8%,或者大于等于99.9%。Unless otherwise indicated, the terms "enriched in one isomer", "isomer enriched", "enriched in one enantiomer" or "enantiomeric enriched" refer to one of the isomers or pairs The content of the oligo is less than 100%, and the content of the isomer or enantiomer is 60% or more, or 70% or more, or 80% or more, or 90% or more, or 95% or more, or 96% or more, or 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, 99.5% or more, 99.6% or more, 99.7% or more, 99.8% or more, or greater than or equal to 99.9%.
除非另有说明,术语“异构体过量”或“对映体过量”指两种异构体或两种对映体相对百分数之间的差值。例如,其中一种异构体或对映体的含量为90%,另一种异构体或对映体的含量为10%,则异构体或对映体过量(ee值)为80%。Unless otherwise indicated, the term "isomer excess" or "enantiomeric excess" refers to the difference between the two isomers or the relative percentages of the two enantiomers. For example, if one of the isomers or enantiomers is present in an amount of 90% and the other isomer or enantiomer is present in an amount of 10%, the isomer or enantiomeric excess (ee value) is 80%. .
可以通过的手性合成或手性试剂或者其他常规技术制备光学活性的(R)-和(S)-异构体以及D和L异构体。如果想得到本发明某化合物的一种对映体,可以通过不对称合成或者具有手性助剂的衍生作用来制备,其中将所得非对映体混合物分离,并且辅助基团裂开以提供纯的所需对映异构体。或者,当分子中含有碱性官能团(如氨基)或酸性官能团(如羧基)时,与适当的光学活性的酸或碱形成非对映异构体的盐,然后通过本领域所公知的常规方法进行非对映异构体拆分,然后回收得到纯的对映体。此外,对映异构体和非对映异构体的分离通常是通过使用色谱法完成的,所述色谱法采用手性固定相,并任选地与化学衍生法相结合(例如由胺生成氨基甲酸盐)。本发明的化合物可以在一个或多个构成该化合物的原子上包含非天然比例的原子同位素。例如,可用放射性同位素标记化合物,比如氚( 3H),碘-125( 125I)或C-14( 14C)。又例如,可用重氢取代氢形成氘代药物,氘与碳构成的键比普通氢与碳构成的键更坚固,相比于未氘化药物,氘代药物有降低毒副作用、增加药物稳定性、增强疗效、延长药物生物半衰期等优势。本发明的化合物的所有同位素组成的变换,无论放射性与否,都包括在本发明的范围之内。“任选”或“任选地”指的是随后描述的事件或状况可能但不是必需出现的,并且该描述包括其中所述事件或状况发生的情况以及所述事件或状况不发生的情况。 The optically active (R)- and (S)-isomers as well as the D and L isomers can be prepared by chiral synthesis or chiral reagents or other conventional techniques. If an enantiomer of a compound of the invention is desired, it can be prepared by asymmetric synthesis or by derivatization with a chiral auxiliary wherein the resulting mixture of diastereomers is separated and the auxiliary group cleaved to provide pure The desired enantiomer. Alternatively, when a molecule contains a basic functional group (e.g., an amino group) or an acidic functional group (e.g., a carboxyl group), a diastereomeric salt is formed with a suitable optically active acid or base, followed by conventional methods well known in the art. The diastereomers are resolved and the pure enantiomer is recovered. Furthermore, the separation of enantiomers and diastereomers is generally accomplished by the use of chromatography using a chiral stationary phase, optionally in combination with chemical derivatization (eg, formation of an amino group from an amine). Formate). The compounds of the present invention may contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes on one or more of the atoms that make up the compound. For example, radiolabeled compounds can be used, such as tritium (3 H), iodine -125 (125 I) or C-14 (14 C). For another example, hydrogen can be replaced by heavy hydrogen to form a deuterated drug. The bond composed of barium and carbon is stronger than the bond composed of common hydrogen and carbon. Compared with undeuterated drugs, deuterated drugs have reduced side effects and increased drug stability. Enhance the efficacy and prolong the biological half-life of the drug. Alterations of all isotopic compositions of the compounds of the invention, whether radioactive or not, are included within the scope of the invention. "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or condition may, but is not necessarily, to occur, and that the description includes instances in which the event or condition occurs and instances in which the event or condition does not occur.
术语“被取代的”是指特定原子上的任意一个或多个氢原子被取代基取代,可以包括重氢和氢的变体,只要特定原子的价态是正常的并且取代后的化合物是稳定的。当取代基为氧(即=O)时,意味着两个氢原子被取代。氧取代不会发生在芳香基上。术语“任选被取代的”是指可以被取代,也可以不被取代,除非另有规定,取代基的种类和数目在化学上可以实现的基础上可以是任意的。The term "substituted" means that any one or more hydrogen atoms on a particular atom are replaced by a substituent, and may include variants of heavy hydrogen and hydrogen, as long as the valence of the particular atom is normal and the substituted compound is stable. of. When the substituent is oxygen (ie, =0), it means that two hydrogen atoms are substituted. Oxygen substitution does not occur on the aromatic group. The term "optionally substituted" means that it may or may not be substituted, and unless otherwise specified, the kind and number of substituents may be arbitrary on the basis of chemically achievable.
当任何变量(例如R)在化合物的组成或结构中出现一次以上时,其在每一种情况下的定义都是独立的。因此,例如,如果一个基团被0-2个R所取代,则所述基团可以任选地至多被两个R所取代,并且每种情况下的R都有独立的选项。此外,取代基和/或其变体的组合只有在这样的组合会产生稳定的化合物的情况下才是被允许的。When any variable (eg, R) occurs more than once in the composition or structure of a compound, its definition in each case is independent. Thus, for example, if a group is substituted with 0-2 R, the group may optionally be substituted with at most two R, and each case has an independent option. Furthermore, combinations of substituents and/or variants thereof are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
当一个连接基团的数量为0时,比如-(CRR) 0-,表示该连接基团为单键。 When the number of one linking group is 0, such as -(CRR) 0 -, it indicates that the linking group is a single bond.
当其中一个变量选自单键时,表示其连接的两个基团直接相连,比如A-L-Z中L代表单键时表示 该结构实际上是A-Z。When one of the variables is selected from a single bond, it means that the two groups to which it is attached are directly linked. For example, when L represents a single bond in A-L-Z, the structure is actually A-Z.
当一个取代基为空缺时,表示该取代基是不存在的,比如A-X中X为空缺时表示该结构实际上是A。当所列举的取代基中没有指明其通过哪一个原子连接到被取代的基团上时,这种取代基可以通过其任何原子相键合,例如,吡啶基作为取代基可以通过吡啶环上任意一个碳原子连接到被取代的基团上。When a substituent is vacant, it means that the substituent is absent. For example, when X is vacant in A-X, the structure is actually A. When the listed substituents are not indicated by which atom is attached to the substituted group, such a substituent may be bonded through any atom thereof, for example, a pyridyl group as a substituent may be passed through any one of the pyridine rings. A carbon atom is attached to the substituted group.
当所列举的连接基团没有指明其连接方向,其连接方向是任意的,例如, 中连接基团L为-M-W-,此时-M-W-既可以按与从左往右的读取顺序相同的方向连接环A和环B构成 也可以按照与从左往右的读取顺序相反的方向连接环A和环B构成 所述连接基团、取代基和/或其变体的组合只有在这样的组合会产生稳定的化合物的情况下才是被允许的。 When the listed linking group does not indicate its direction of attachment, its connection direction is arbitrary, for example, The medium linking group L is -MW-, and at this time, -MW- can be connected in the same direction as the reading order from left to right to form ring A and ring B. It is also possible to connect the ring A and the ring B in a direction opposite to the reading order from left to right. Combinations of the linking groups, substituents and/or variants thereof are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
除非另有规定,术语“杂”表示杂原子或杂原子团(即含有杂原子的原子团),包括碳(C)和氢(H)以外的原子以及含有这些杂原子的原子团,例如包括氧(O)、氮(N)、硫(S)、硅(Si)、锗(Ge)、铝(Al)、硼(B)、-O-、-S-、、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、-S(=O)、-S(=O) 2-,以及任选被取代的-C(=O)N(H)-、-N(H)-、-C(=NH)-、-S(=O) 2N(H)-或-S(=O)N(H)-。 Unless otherwise specified, the term "hetero" denotes a hetero atom or a hetero atomic group (ie, a radical containing a hetero atom), including atoms other than carbon (C) and hydrogen (H), and radicals containing such heteroatoms, including, for example, oxygen (O). ), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), aluminum (Al), boron (B), -O-, -S-, -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, -S(=O), -S(=O) 2 -, and optionally substituted -C(=O)N(H)-, -N(H)-, -C(=NH)-, -S(=O) 2 N(H)- or -S(=O)N(H)-.
除非另有规定,“环”表示被取代或未被取代的环烷基、杂环烷基、环烯基、杂环烯基、环炔基、杂环炔基、芳基或杂芳基。所述的环包括单环,也包括螺环、并环和桥环等双环或多环体系。环上原子的数目通常被定义为环的元数,例如,“5~7元环”是指环绕排列5~7个原子。除非另有规定,该环任选地包含1~3个杂原子。因此,“5~7元环”包括例如苯基、吡啶基和哌啶基;另一方面,术语“5~7元杂环烷基”包括吡啶基和哌啶基,但不包括苯基。术语“环”还包括含有至少一个环的环系,其中的每一个“环”均独立地符合上述定义。Unless otherwise specified, "ring" means substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, heterocycloalkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl. The ring includes a single ring, and also includes a bicyclic or polycyclic ring system such as a spiro ring, a ring and a bridge ring. The number of atoms on the ring is usually defined as the number of elements of the ring. For example, "5 to 7-membered ring" means 5 to 7 atoms arranged in a circle. Unless otherwise specified, the ring optionally contains from 1 to 3 heteroatoms. Thus, the "5-7 membered ring" includes, for example, phenyl, pyridyl and piperidinyl; on the other hand, the term "5-7 membered heterocycloalkyl" includes pyridyl and piperidinyl, but does not include phenyl. The term "ring" also includes ring systems containing at least one ring, each of which "ring" independently conforms to the above definition.
除非另有规定,术语“烷基”用于表示直链或支链的饱和的碳氢基团,在一些实施方案中,所述烷基为C 1-12烷基;在另一些实施方案中,所述烷基为C 1-6烷基;在另一些实施方案中,所述烷基为C 1-3烷基。其可以是单取代(如-CH 2F)或多取代的(如-CF 3),可以是一价(如甲基)、二价(如亚甲基)或者多价(如次甲基)。烷基的实例包括但不限于甲基(Me),乙基(Et),丙基(包括n-丙基和异丙基),丁基(包括n-丁基,异丁基,s-丁基和t-丁基),戊基(包括n-戊基,异戊基和新戊基)、己基等。 Unless otherwise specified, the term "alkyl" is used to mean a straight or branched saturated hydrocarbon group, and in some embodiments, the alkyl group is a C 1-12 alkyl group; in other embodiments The alkyl group is a C 1-6 alkyl group; in other embodiments, the alkyl group is a C 1-3 alkyl group. It may be monosubstituted (such as -CH 2 F) or polysubstituted (such as -CF 3 ), and may be monovalent (such as methyl), divalent (such as methylene) or polyvalent (such as methine). . Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (including n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (including n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl) And t-butyl), pentyl (including n-pentyl, isopentyl and neopentyl), hexyl and the like.
除非另有规定,“烯基”用于表示直链或支链的包含一个或多个碳-碳双键的碳氢基团,碳-碳双键可以位于该基团的任何位置上。在一些实施方案中,所述烯基为C 2-8烯基;在另一些实施方案中,所述烯基为C 2-6烯基;在另一些实施方案中,所述烯基为C 2-4烯基。其可以是单取代或多取代的,可以是一价、二价或者多价。烯基的实例包括但不限于乙烯基,丙烯基,丁烯基,戊烯基,己烯基,丁间二烯基,戊间二烯基,己间二烯基等。 Unless otherwise specified, "alkenyl" is used to indicate a straight or branched hydrocarbon group containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds, and the carbon-carbon double bond may be located at any position of the group. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group is a C 2-8 alkenyl group; in other embodiments, the alkenyl group is a C 2-6 alkenyl group; in other embodiments, the alkenyl group is C 2-4 alkenyl. It may be monosubstituted or polysubstituted, and may be monovalent, divalent or multivalent. Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, hexadienyl and the like.
除非另有规定,术语“杂烷基”本身或者与另一术语联合,表示由一定数目碳原子和至少一个杂原子 或杂原子团组成的,稳定的直链或支链的烷基原子团或其组合物。在一些实施方案中,杂原子选自B、O、N和S,其中氮和硫原子任选地被氧化,氮杂原子任选地被季铵化。在另一些实施方案中,杂原子团选自-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、-S(=O)、-S(=O) 2-、-C(=O)N(H)-、-N(H)-、-C(=NH)-、-S(=O) 2N(H)-和-S(=O)N(H)-。在一些实施方案中,所述杂烷基为C 1-6杂烷基;在另一些实施方案中,所述杂烷基为C 1-3杂烷基。杂原子或杂原子团可以位于杂烷基的任何内部位置,包括该烷基与分子其余部分的连接位置,但术语“烷氧基”、“烷氨基”和“烷硫基”(或硫代烷氧基)属于惯用表达,是指分别通过一个氧原子、氨基或硫原子连接到分子的其余部分的那些烷基基团。杂烷基的实例包括但不限于-OCH 3、-OCH 2CH 3、-OCH 2CH 2CH 3、-OCH 2(CH 3) 2、-CH 2-CH 2-O-CH 3、-NHCH 3、-N(CH 3) 2、-NHCH 2CH 3、-N(CH 3)(CH 2CH 3)、-CH 2-CH 2-NH-CH 3、-CH 2-CH 2-N(CH 3)-CH 3、-SCH 3、-SCH 2CH 3、-SCH 2CH 2CH 3、-SCH 2(CH 3) 2、-CH 2-S-CH 2-CH 3、-CH 2-CH 2、-S(=O)-CH 3、-CH 2-CH 2-S(=O) 2-CH 3、-CH=CH-O-CH 3、-CH 2-CH=N-OCH 3和–CH=CH-N(CH 3)-CH 3。至多两个杂原子可以是连续的,例如-CH 2-NH-OCH 3。 Unless otherwise specified, the term "heteroalkyl", by itself or in conjunction with another term, denotes a stable straight or branched alkyl radical or a combination thereof consisting of a number of carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom or heteroatom. Things. In some embodiments, the heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of B, O, N, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatoms are optionally quaternized. In other embodiments, the heteroatom group is selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, -S(=O), -S(=O) 2 -, -C(=O)N(H)-, -N(H)-, -C(=NH)-, -S(=O) 2 N(H)- and -S(=O)N( H)-. In some embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a C1-6 heteroalkyl group; in other embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a C1-3 heteroalkyl group. A heteroatom or heteroatom can be located at any internal position of a heteroalkyl group, including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the rest of the molecule, but the terms "alkoxy", "alkylamino" and "alkylthio" (or thioalkyl) Oxyl) is a conventional expression and refers to those alkyl groups which are attached to the remainder of the molecule through an oxygen atom, an amino group or a sulfur atom, respectively. Examples of heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 (CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 3 , -NHCH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -NHCH 2 CH 3 , -N(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-CH 3 , -CH 2 -CH 2 -N ( CH 3 )-CH 3 , -SCH 3 , -SCH 2 CH 3 , -SCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -SCH 2 (CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 -S-CH 2 -CH 3 , -CH 2 - CH 2 , -S(=O)-CH 3 , -CH 2 -CH 2 -S(=O) 2 -CH 3 , -CH=CH-O-CH 3 , -CH 2 -CH=N-OCH 3 And -CH=CH-N(CH 3 )-CH 3 . Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, for example, -CH 2 -NH-OCH 3.
除非另有规定,术语“杂烯基”本身或者与另一术语联合,表示由一定数目碳原子和至少一个杂原子或杂原子团组成的,稳定的直链或支链的烯基原子团或其组合物。在一些实施方案中,杂原子选自B、O、N和S,其中氮和硫原子任选地被氧化,氮杂原子任选地被季铵化。在另一些实施方案中,杂原子团选自-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、-S(=O)、-S(=O) 2-、-C(=O)N(H)-、-N(H)-、-C(=NH)-、-S(=O) 2N(H)-和-S(=O)N(H)-。在一些实施方案中,所述杂烯基为C 2-6杂烯基;在另一些实施方案中,所述杂烷基为C 2-4杂烯基。杂原子或杂原子团可以位于杂烯基的任何内部位置,包括该烯基与分子其余部分的连接位置,但术语“烯基氧基”、“烯基氨基”和“烯基硫基”属于惯用表达,是指分别通过一个氧原子、氨基或硫原子连接到分子的其余部分的那些烯基基团。杂烯基的实例包括但不限于-O-CH=CH 2、-O-CH=CHCH 3、-O-CH=C(CH 3) 2、-CH=CH-O-CH 3、-O-CH=CHCH 2CH 3、-CH 2-CH=CH-OCH 3、-NH-CH=CH 2、-N(CH=CH 2)-CH 3、-CH=CH-NH-CH 3、-CH=CH-N(CH 3) 2、-S-CH=CH 2、-S-CH=CHCH 3、-S-CH=C(CH 3) 2、-CH 2-S-CH=CH 2、-S(=O)-CH=CH 2和-CH=CH-S(=O) 2-CH 3。至多两个杂原子可以是连续的,例如-CH=CH-NH-OCH 3。 Unless otherwise specified, the term "heteroalkenyl", by itself or in conjunction with another term, denotes a stable straight or branched alkenyl radical or a combination thereof consisting of a number of carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom or heteroatom. Things. In some embodiments, the heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of B, O, N, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatoms are optionally quaternized. In other embodiments, the heteroatom group is selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, -S(=O), -S(=O) 2 -, -C(=O)N(H)-, -N(H)-, -C(=NH)-, -S(=O) 2 N(H)- and -S(=O)N( H)-. In some embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is a C 2-6 heteroalkenyl group; in other embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a C 2-4 heteroalkenyl group. The hetero atom or heteroatom group may be located at any internal position of the heteroalkenyl group, including the position at which the alkenyl group is attached to the rest of the molecule, but the terms "alkenyloxy", "alkenylamino" and "alkenylthio" are customary. By expression, it is meant those alkenyl groups which are attached to the remainder of the molecule through an oxygen atom, an amino group or a sulfur atom, respectively. Examples of heteroalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, -O-CH=CH 2 , -O-CH=CHCH 3 , -O-CH=C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH=CH-O-CH 3 , -O- CH=CHCH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 -CH=CH-OCH 3 , -NH-CH=CH 2 , -N(CH=CH 2 )-CH 3 , -CH=CH-NH-CH 3 , -CH =CH-N(CH 3 ) 2 , -S-CH=CH 2 , -S-CH=CHCH 3 , -S-CH=C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 -S-CH=CH 2 ,- S(=O)-CH=CH 2 and -CH=CH-S(=O) 2 -CH 3 . Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as -CH = CH-NH-OCH 3 .
除非另有规定,术语“杂炔基”本身或者与另一术语联合,表示由一定数目碳原子和至少一个杂原子或杂原子团组成的,稳定的直链或支链的炔基原子团或其组合物。在一些实施方案中,杂原子选自B、O、N和S,其中氮和硫原子任选地被氧化,氮杂原子任选地被季铵化。在另一些实施方案中,杂原子团选自-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、-S(=O)、-S(=O) 2-、-C(=O)N(H)-、-N(H)-、-C(=NH)-、-S(=O) 2N(H)-和-S(=O)N(H)-。在一些实施方案中,所述杂炔基为C 2-6杂炔基;在另一些实施方案中,所述杂烷基为C 2-4杂炔基。杂原子或杂原子团可以位于杂炔基的任何内部位置,包括该炔基与分子其余部分的连接位置,但术语“炔基氧基”、“炔基氨基”和“炔基硫基”属于惯用表达,是指分别通过一个氧原子、氨基或硫原子连接到分子的其余部分的那些炔基基团。杂炔基的实例包括但不限于 至多两个杂原子可以是连续的,例如 Unless otherwise specified, the term "heteroalkynyl", by itself or in conjunction with another term, denotes a stable straight or branched alkynyl radical or a combination thereof consisting of a number of carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom or heteroatom. Things. In some embodiments, the heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of B, O, N, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatoms are optionally quaternized. In other embodiments, the heteroatom group is selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, -S(=O), -S(=O) 2 -, -C(=O)N(H)-, -N(H)-, -C(=NH)-, -S(=O) 2 N(H)- and -S(=O)N( H)-. In some embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is a C 2-6 heteroalkynyl group; in other embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a C 2-4 heteroalkynyl group. The hetero atom or heteroatom group may be located at any internal position of the heteroalkynyl group, including the position at which the alkynyl group is attached to the rest of the molecule, but the terms "alkynyloxy", "alkynylamino" and "alkynylthio" are customary. By expression, it is meant those alkynyl groups attached to the remainder of the molecule through an oxygen atom, an amino group or a sulfur atom, respectively. Examples of heteroalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, Up to two heteroatoms can be continuous, for example
除非另有规定,“环烷基”包括任何稳定的环状烷基,其包括单环、双环或者三环体系,其中双环和三环体系包括螺环、并环和桥环。在一些实施方案中,所述环烷基为C 3-8环烷基;在另一些实施方案中,所述环烷基为C 3-6环烷基;在另一些实施方案中,所述环烷基为C 5-6环烷基。其可以是单取代或多取代的,可以是一价、二价或者多价。这些环烷基的实例包括,但不限于,环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、环庚基、降冰片烷基、[2.2.2]二环辛烷、[4.4.0]二环癸烷等。 Unless otherwise specified, "cycloalkyl" includes any stable cyclic alkyl group including monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic systems wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro, co and ring. In some embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group; in other embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group; in other embodiments, the The cycloalkyl group is a C 5-6 cycloalkyl group. It may be monosubstituted or polysubstituted, and may be monovalent, divalent or multivalent. Examples of such cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, norbornyl, [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, [4.4.0] Dicyclodecane and the like.
除非另有规定,“环烯基”包括任何稳定的环状烯基,在该基团的任何位点含有一个或多个不饱和的碳-碳双键,其包括单环、双环或者三环体系,其中双环和三环体系包括螺环、并环和桥环,但是此体系的任意环都是非芳香性的。在一些实施方案中,所述环烯基为C 3-8环烯基;在另一些实施方案中,所述环烯基为C 3-6环烯基;在另一些实施方案中,所述环烯基为C 5-6环烯基。其可以是单取代或多取代的,可以是一价、二价或者多价。这些环烯基的实例包括,但不限于,环戊烯基、环己烯基等。 Unless otherwise specified, "cycloalkenyl" includes any stable cyclic alkenyl group containing one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon double bonds at any position of the group, including monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic The system wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro, parallel and bridged rings, but any ring of this system is non-aromatic. In some embodiments, the cycloalkenyl group is a C 3-8 cycloalkenyl group; in other embodiments, the cycloalkenyl group is a C 3-6 cycloalkenyl group; in other embodiments, the The cycloalkenyl group is a C 5-6 cycloalkenyl group. It may be monosubstituted or polysubstituted, and may be monovalent, divalent or multivalent. Examples of such cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
除非另有规定,“环炔基”包括任何稳定的环状炔基,在该基团的任何位点含有一个或多个碳-碳三键,其包含单环、双环或者三环体系,其中双环和三环体系包括螺环、并环和桥环。其可以是单取代或多取代的,可以是一价、二价或者多价。Unless otherwise specified, "cycloalkynyl" includes any stable cyclic alkynyl group containing one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds at any position of the group, including monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic systems, wherein Bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro, parallel and bridging rings. It may be monosubstituted or polysubstituted, and may be monovalent, divalent or multivalent.
除非另有规定,术语“杂环烷基”本身或者与其他术语联合分别表示环化的“杂烷基”,其包括单环、双环和三环体系,其中双环和三环体系包括螺环、并环和桥环。此外,就该“杂环烷基”而言,杂原子可以占据杂环烷基与分子其余部分的连接位置。在一些实施方案中,所述杂环烷基为4~6元杂环烷基;在另一些实施方案中,所述杂环烷基为5~6元杂环烷基。杂环烷基的实例包括但不限于氮杂环丁基、氧杂环丁基、硫杂环丁基、吡咯烷基、吡唑烷基、咪唑烷基、四氢噻吩基(包括四氢噻吩-2-基和四氢噻吩-3-基等)、四氢呋喃基(包括四氢呋喃-2-基等)、四氢吡喃基、哌啶基(包括1-哌啶基、2-哌啶基和3-哌啶基等)、哌嗪基(包括1-哌嗪基和2-哌嗪基等)、吗啉基(包括3-吗啉基和4-吗啉基等)、二噁烷基、二噻烷基、异噁唑烷基、异噻唑烷基、1,2-噁嗪基、1,2-噻嗪基、六氢哒嗪基、高哌嗪基、高哌啶基或氧杂环庚烷基。Unless otherwise specified, the term "heterocycloalkyl", by itself or in conjunction with other terms, denotes a cyclized "heteroalkyl", respectively, which includes monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro rings, And ring and bridge ring. Further, in the case of the "heterocycloalkyl group", a hetero atom may occupy a position where a heterocycloalkyl group is bonded to the rest of the molecule. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group is a 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl group; in other embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group is a 5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl group. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thioheterobutyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl (including tetrahydrothiophene) -2-yl and tetrahydrothiophen-3-yl, etc.), tetrahydrofuranyl (including tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, etc.), tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl (including 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl and 3-piperidinyl, etc.), piperazinyl (including 1-piperazinyl and 2-piperazinyl, etc.), morpholinyl (including 3-morpholinyl and 4-morpholinyl, etc.), dioxoalkyl , dithiaalkyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, 1,2-oxazinyl, 1,2-thiazinyl, hexahydropyridazinyl, homopiperazinyl, homopiperidinyl or oxygen Heterocyclic heptane.
除非另有规定,术语“杂环烯基”本身或者与其他术语联合分别表示环化的“杂烯基”,其包括单环、双环和三环体系,其中双环和三环体系包括螺环、并环和桥环,但是此体系的任意环都是非芳香性的。此外,就该“杂环烯基”而言,杂原子可以占据杂环烯基与分子其余部分的连接位置。在一些实施方案中,所述杂环烯基为4~6元杂环烯基;在另一些实施方案中,所述杂环烯基为5~6元杂环烯基。杂环烯基的实例包括但不限于 Unless otherwise specified, the term "heterocyclenyl", by itself or in conjunction with other terms, denotes a cyclized "heteroalkenyl", respectively, which includes monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro rings, Rings and bridge rings, but any ring of this system is non-aromatic. Furthermore, in the case of the "heterocyclenyl", a heteroatom can occupy the position of attachment of the heterocyclenyl group to the rest of the molecule. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkenyl is 4 to 6 membered heterocycloalkenyl; in other embodiments, the heterocycloalkenyl is 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkenyl. Examples of heterocycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to,
除非另有规定,术语“杂环炔基”本身或者与其他术语联合分别表示环化的“杂炔基”,其包括单环、 双环和三环体系,其中双环和三环体系包括螺环、并环和桥环。此外,就该“杂环炔基”而言,杂原子可以占据杂环炔基与分子其余部分的连接位置。在一些实施方案中,所述杂环炔基为4~6元杂环炔基;在另一些实施方案中,所述杂环炔基为5~6元杂环炔基。除非另有规定,术语“卤代素”或“卤素”本身或作为另一取代基的一部分表示氟、氯、溴或碘原子。此外,术语“卤代烷基”意在包括单卤代烷基和多卤代烷基。例如,术语“卤代(C 1-C 4)烷基”意在包括但不仅限于三氟甲基、2,2,2-三氟乙基、4-氯丁基和3-溴丙基等等。除非另有规定,卤代烷基的实例包括但不仅限于:三氟甲基、三氯甲基、五氟乙基,和五氯乙基。 Unless otherwise specified, the term "heterocycloalkynyl", by itself or in conjunction with other terms, denotes a cyclized "heteroalkynyl" group, respectively, which includes monocyclic, bicyclic, and tricyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro rings, And ring and bridge ring. Further, in the case of the "heterocycloalkynyl group", a hetero atom may occupy a position where a heterocyclic alkynyl group is bonded to the rest of the molecule. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkynyl group is a 4 to 6 membered heterocycloalkynyl group; in other embodiments, the heterocycloalkynyl group is a 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkynyl group. Unless otherwise specified, the term "halo" or "halogen", by itself or as part of another substituent, denotes a fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atom. Further, the term "haloalkyl" is intended to include both monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term "halo(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl" is intended to include, but is not limited to, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like. Wait. Unless otherwise specified, examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and pentachloroethyl.
“烷氧基”代表通过氧桥连接的具有特定数目碳原子的上述烷基,除非另有规定,C 1-6烷氧基包括C 1、C 2、C 3、C 4、C 5和C 6的烷氧基。在一些实施方案中,所述烷氧基为C 1-3烷氧基。烷氧基的实例包括但不限于:甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、异丙氧基、正丁氧基、仲丁氧基、叔丁氧基、正戊氧基和S-戊氧基。 The above-described alkyl groups having the specified number of carbon atoms, "alkoxy" represents attached through an oxygen bridge, unless otherwise specified, C 1-6 alkoxy groups include C 1, C 2, C 3 , C 4, C 5 , and C 6 alkoxy groups. In some embodiments, the alkoxy group is a C 1-3 alkoxy group. Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, and S- Pentyloxy.
除非另有规定,本发明术语“芳环”和“芳基”可以互换使用,术语“芳环”或“芳基”表示多不饱和的碳环体系,它可以是单环、双环或多环体系,其中至少一个环是芳香性的,所述双环和多环体系中的各个环稠合在一起。其可以是单取代或多取代的,可以是一价、二价或者多价,在一些实施方案中,所述芳基为C 6-12芳基;在另一些实施方案中,所述芳基为C 6-10芳基。芳基的实例包括但不限于苯基、萘基(包括1-萘基和2-萘基等)。上述任意一个芳基环系的取代基选自本发明所述的可接受的取代基。 Unless otherwise specified, the terms "aromatic ring" and "aryl" are used interchangeably and the term "aryl ring" or "aryl" means a polyunsaturated carbocyclic ring system which may be monocyclic, bicyclic or poly A ring system in which at least one ring is aromatic, and each ring in the bicyclic and polycyclic ring system is fused together. It may be mono- or poly-substituted, may be monovalent, divalent or multivalent, in some embodiments, the aryl is a C 6-12 aryl; in other embodiments, the aryl It is a C 6-10 aryl group. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl (including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, and the like). Substituents for any of the above aryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described herein.
除非另有规定,本发明术语“杂芳环”和“杂芳基”可以互换使用,术语“杂芳基”是指含有1、2、3或4个独立选自B、N、O和S的杂原子的芳基(或芳环),其可以是单环、双环或三环体系,其中氮原子可以是被取代的或未取代的(即N或NR,其中R是H或本文已经定义过的其他取代基),且任选地被季铵化,氮和硫杂原子可任选被氧化(即NO和S(O) p,p是1或2)。杂芳基可通过杂原子连接到分子的其余部分。在一些实施方案中,所述杂芳基为5-10元杂芳基;在另一些实施方案中,所述杂芳基为5-6元杂芳基。所述杂芳基的实例包括但不限于吡咯基(包括N-吡咯基、2-吡咯基和3-吡咯基等)、吡唑基(包括2-吡唑基和3-吡唑基等)、咪唑基(包括N-咪唑基、2-咪唑基、4-咪唑基和5-咪唑基等)、噁唑基(包括2-噁唑基、4-噁唑基和5-噁唑基等)、三唑基(1H-1,2,3-三唑基、2H-1,2,3-三唑基、1H-1,2,4-三唑基和4H-1,2,4-三唑基等)、四唑基、异噁唑基(3-异噁唑基、4-异噁唑基和5-异噁唑基等)、噻唑基(包括2-噻唑基、4-噻唑基和5-噻唑基等)、呋喃基(包括2-呋喃基和3-呋喃基等)、噻吩基(包括2-噻吩基和3-噻吩基等)、吡啶基(包括2-吡啶基、3-吡啶基和4-吡啶基等)、吡嗪基、嘧啶基(包括2-嘧啶基和4-嘧啶基等)、苯并噻唑基(包括5-苯并噻唑基等)、嘌呤基、苯并咪唑基(包括2-苯并咪唑基等)、吲哚基(包括5-吲哚基等)、异喹啉基(包括1-异喹啉基和5-异喹啉基等)、喹喔啉基(包括2-喹喔啉基和5-喹喔啉基等)、喹啉基(包括3-喹啉基和6-喹啉基等)、吡嗪基、嘌呤基、苯基并噁唑基。上述任意一个杂芳基环系的取代基选自本发明所述的可接受的取代基。 Unless otherwise specified, the terms "heteroaryl ring" and "heteroaryl" are used interchangeably and the term "heteroaryl" means 1, 2, 3 or 4 independently selected from B, N, O and An aryl (or aromatic ring) of a hetero atom of S, which may be a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system in which the nitrogen atom may be substituted or unsubstituted (ie, N or NR, wherein R is H or has been herein Other substituents are defined, and are optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O) p , p is 1 or 2). A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl; in other embodiments, the heteroaryl is a 5-6 membered heteroaryl. Examples of the heteroaryl group include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl (including N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), pyrazolyl (including 2-pyrazolyl and 3-pyrazolyl, etc.) , imidazolyl (including N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl and 5-imidazolyl, etc.), oxazolyl (including 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl and 5-oxazolyl, etc.) , triazolyl (1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,4-triazolyl and 4H-1,2,4- Triazolyl, etc.), tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl (3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl and 5-isoxazolyl, etc.), thiazolyl (including 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazole And 5-thiazolyl, etc.), furyl (including 2-furyl and 3-furyl, etc.), thienyl (including 2-thienyl and 3-thienyl, etc.), pyridyl (including 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and 4-pyridyl, etc., pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl (including 2-pyrimidinyl and 4-pyrimidinyl, etc.), benzothiazolyl (including 5-benzothiazolyl, etc.), fluorenyl, Benzimidazolyl (including 2-benzimidazolyl, etc.), fluorenyl (including 5-indenyl, etc.), isoquinolyl (including 1-isoquinolinyl and 5-isoquinolinyl, etc.), Quinoxalinyl (including 2-quinoxalinyl and 5-quinoxalinyl, etc.), Quinolinyl (including 3-quinolyl and 6-quinolinyl, etc.), pyrazinyl, fluorenyl, phenyloxazolyl. Substituents for any of the above heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described herein.
除非另有规定,C n-n+m或C n-C n+m包括n至n+m个碳的任何一种具体情况,例如C 1-12包括C 1、C 2、C 3、C 4、C 5、C 6、C 7、C 8、C 9、C 10、C 11、和C 12,也包括n至n+m中的任何一个范围,例如C 1-12包括C 1-3、C 1-6、C 1-9、C 3-6、C 3-9、C 3-12、C 6-9、C 6-12、和C 9-12等;同理,n元至n+m元表示环上原子数为n至n+m个,例如3-12元环包括3元环、4元环、5元环、6元环、7元环、8元环、9元环、10元环、 11元环、和12元环,也包括n至n+m中的任何一个范围,例如3-12元环包括3-6元环、3-9元环、5-6元环、5-7元环、6-7元环、6-8元环、和6-10元环等。 Unless otherwise specified, C n-n+m or C n -C n+m includes any one of n to n+m carbons, for example, C 1-12 includes C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , C 8 , C 9 , C 10 , C 11 , and C 12 , also including any range of n to n+m, for example, C 1-12 includes C 1-3 , C 1-6 , C 1-9 , C 3-6 , C 3-9 , C 3-12 , C 6-9 , C 6-12 , and C 9-12 , etc.; similarly, n to n The +m element indicates that the number of atoms on the ring is n to n+m, for example, the 3-12 element ring includes a 3-membered ring, a 4-membered ring, a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring, a 7-membered ring, an 8-membered ring, and a 9-membered ring. a 10-membered ring, an 11-membered ring, and a 12-membered ring, and includes any one of n to n+m, for example, a 3-12-membered ring including a 3-6-membered ring, a 3-9-membered ring, and a 5-6-membered ring. Ring, 5-7 membered ring, 6-7 membered ring, 6-8 membered ring, and 6-10 membered ring.
术语“离去基团”是指可以被另一种官能团或原子通过取代反应(例如亲和取代反应)所取代的官能团或原子。例如,代表性的离去基团包括三氟甲磺酸酯;氯、溴、碘;磺酸酯基,如甲磺酸酯、甲苯磺酸酯、对溴苯磺酸酯、对甲苯磺酸酯等;酰氧基,如乙酰氧基、三氟乙酰氧基等等。The term "leaving group" refers to a functional group or atom which may be substituted by another functional group or atom by a substitution reaction (for example, an affinity substitution reaction). For example, representative leaving groups include triflate; chlorine, bromine, iodine; sulfonate groups such as mesylate, tosylate, p-bromobenzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonic acid Esters and the like; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy, trifluoroacetoxy and the like.
术语“保护基”包括但不限于“氨基保护基”、“羟基保护基”或“巯基保护基”。术语“氨基保护基”是指适合用于阻止氨基氮位上副反应的保护基团。代表性的氨基保护基包括但不限于:甲酰基;酰基,例如链烷酰基(如乙酰基、三氯乙酰基或三氟乙酰基);烷氧基羰基,如叔丁氧基羰基(Boc);芳基甲氧羰基,如苄氧羰基(Cbz)和9-芴甲氧羰基(Fmoc);芳基甲基,如苄基(Bn)、三苯甲基(Tr)、1,1-二-(4'-甲氧基苯基)甲基;甲硅烷基,如三甲基甲硅烷基(TMS)和叔丁基二甲基甲硅烷基(TBS)等等。术语“羟基保护基”是指适合用于阻止羟基副反应的保护基。代表性羟基保护基包括但不限于:烷基,如甲基、乙基和叔丁基;酰基,例如链烷酰基(如乙酰基);芳基甲基,如苄基(Bn),对甲氧基苄基(PMB)、9-芴基甲基(Fm)和二苯基甲基(二苯甲基,DPM);甲硅烷基,如三甲基甲硅烷基(TMS)和叔丁基二甲基甲硅烷基(TBS)等等。The term "protecting group" includes, but is not limited to, "amino protecting group", "hydroxy protecting group" or "thiol protecting group". The term "amino protecting group" refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing side reactions at the amino nitrogen position. Representative amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, formyl; acyl, such as alkanoyl (e.g., acetyl, trichloroacetyl or trifluoroacetyl); alkoxycarbonyl, e.g., tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc) Arylmethoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc); arylmethyl, such as benzyl (Bn), trityl (Tr), 1, 1-di -(4'-methoxyphenyl)methyl; silyl groups such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS) and the like. The term "hydroxy protecting group" refers to a protecting group suitable for use in preventing hydroxy side reactions. Representative hydroxy protecting groups include, but are not limited to, alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl and t-butyl groups; acyl groups such as alkanoyl groups (e.g., acetyl); arylmethyl groups such as benzyl (Bn), Oxybenzyl (PMB), 9-fluorenylmethyl (Fm) and diphenylmethyl (diphenylmethyl, DPM); silyl groups such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyl Dimethylsilyl (TBS) and the like.
本发明实验例供试品中,某化合物的甲酸盐系该化合物经色谱法在甲酸体系(A相:H2O+0.225%甲酸,B相:乙腈)下分离纯化得到。In the test sample of the present invention, the formate of a compound is obtained by chromatography in a formic acid system (A phase: H2O + 0.225% formic acid, B phase: acetonitrile).
本发明的化合物可以通过本领域技术人员所熟知的多种合成方法来制备,包括下面列举的具体实施方式、其与其他化学合成方法的结合所形成的实施方式以及本领域技术上人员所熟知的等同替换方式,优选的实施方式包括但不限于本发明的实施例。The compounds of the present invention can be prepared by a variety of synthetic methods well known to those skilled in the art, including the specific embodiments set forth below, combinations thereof with other chemical synthetic methods, and those well known to those skilled in the art. Equivalent alternatives, preferred embodiments include, but are not limited to, embodiments of the invention.
本发明所使用的溶剂可经市售获得。The solvent used in the present invention is commercially available.
本发明采用下述缩略词:DCM代表二氯甲烷;DMF代表N,N-二甲基甲酰胺;DMSO代表二甲亚砜;NMP代表N-甲基吡咯烷酮;Boc代表叔丁氧羰基是一种胺保护基团;THF代表四氢呋喃;NBS代表N-溴代丁二酰亚胺;TEA代表三乙胺;DIPEA代表N,N-二异丙基乙胺;NaOH代表氢氧化钠;DBU代表1,8-二氮杂二环十一碳-7-烯;TFE代表三氟乙醇;TFA代表三氟乙酸;HOBt代表1-羟基苯并三唑;EDCI.HCl代表1-乙基-(3-二甲基氨基丙基)碳酰二亚胺盐酸盐,NCS代表N-氯代丁二酰亚胺;EDTA-K 2代表乙二胺四乙酸二钾;PEG400代表聚乙二醇400;PO代表口服给药;IV代表静脉注射给药。 The present invention employs the following abbreviations: DCM stands for dichloromethane; DMF stands for N,N-dimethylformamide; DMSO stands for dimethyl sulfoxide; NMP stands for N-methylpyrrolidone; Boc stands for t-butoxycarbonyl. Amine protecting group; THF stands for tetrahydrofuran; NBS stands for N-bromosuccinimide; TEA stands for triethylamine; DIPEA stands for N,N-diisopropylethylamine; NaOH stands for sodium hydroxide; DBU stands for 1 , 8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene; TFE stands for trifluoroethanol; TFA stands for trifluoroacetic acid; HOBt stands for 1-hydroxybenzotriazole; EDCI.HCl stands for 1-ethyl-(3- Dimethylaminopropyl)carbonyldiimide hydrochloride, NCS stands for N-chlorosuccinimide; EDTA-K 2 stands for dipotassium ethylenediaminetetraacetate; PEG400 stands for polyethylene glycol 400; PO Representative for oral administration; IV for intravenous administration.
化合物经手工或者 软件命名,市售化合物采用供应商目录名称。 Compound by hand or Software naming, commercially available compounds using the supplier catalog name.
下面通过实施例对本发明进行详细描述,但并不意味着对本发明任何不利限制。本发明的化合物可以通过本领域技术人员所熟知的多种合成方法来制备,包括下面列举的具体实施方式、其与其他化学合成方法的结合所形成的实施方式以及本领域技术上人员所熟知的等同替换方式,优选的实施方式包括但不限于本发明的实施例。对本领域的技术人员而言,在不脱离本发明精神和范围的情况下针对本发明具体实施方式进行各种变化和改进将是显而易见的。The invention is described in detail below by the examples, but is not intended to limit the invention. The compounds of the present invention can be prepared by a variety of synthetic methods well known to those skilled in the art, including the specific embodiments set forth below, combinations thereof with other chemical synthetic methods, and those well known to those skilled in the art. Equivalent alternatives, preferred embodiments include, but are not limited to, embodiments of the invention. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications may be made to the embodiments of the invention.
方案AOption A
当L-R 7是H,且R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5均不是OH时,反应按方案A进行。 When LR 7 is H and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are not OH, the reaction is carried out according to Scheme A.
化合物A1和合适的试剂(比如原甲酸三乙酯、硫酸/甲酸)发生关环反应得到化合物A2。化合物A2与合适的氯代试剂(如三氯氧磷)反应得到化合物A3。化合物A3与Boc保护的胺在合适的碱(如TEA或DIPEA)作用下反应得到化合物A4。化合物A4在酸性条件下发生脱保护反应得到化合物A5。若化合物A5中的R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中没有NH 2,将化合物A5在合适的碱(如TEA)存在下和合适的酰化试剂(如烯基酰氯)反应得到化合物(Ⅰ);若化合物A5中的R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中有NH 2,将化合物A5在合适的碱(如TEA)存在下和合适的酰化试剂(如烯基酰氯)反应,得到的中间体化合物再由相应位置的硝基发生还原反应即可得到化合物(Ⅰ)。 Compound A1 is subjected to a ring closure reaction with a suitable reagent such as triethyl orthoformate, sulfuric acid/formic acid to give compound A2. Compound A2 is reacted with a suitable chlorinating reagent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give compound A3. Compound A3 is reacted with a Boc protected amine under the action of a suitable base such as TEA or DIPEA to give compound A4. Compound A4 undergoes a deprotection reaction under acidic conditions to give compound A5. If there is no NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound A5, compound A5 is reacted with a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA. Compound (I) is obtained; if there is NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound A5, compound A5 is in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA and a suitable acylating agent ( The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
方案BOption B
当L-R 7是H,且R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中有OH(例如R 1是OH)时,反应按方案B进行。 When LR 7 is H and there is OH in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 (for example, R 1 is OH), the reaction proceeds according to Scheme B.
化合物A1与合适的试剂(比如原甲酸三乙酯、硫酸/甲酸)发生关环反应得到化合物B1,然后化合物B1用吡啶盐酸盐处理得到脱甲基产物B2。将化合物B2在合适的碱(如吡啶)的存在下和乙酸酐反应得到化合物B3。化合物B3与合适的氯代试剂(如三氯氧磷)反应得到化合物B4,再在合适的碱(如DIPEA)存在下和Boc保护的胺反应得到化合物B5。将化合物B5脱乙酰基和脱Boc保护基后分别得到化合物B6和化合物B7。若化合物B7中的R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中没有NH 2,将化合物B7在合适的碱(如TEA)存在下和合适的酰化试剂(如烯基酰氯)反应得到化合物(Ⅰ);若化合物B7中的R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中有NH 2,将化合物B7在合适的碱(如TEA)存在下和合适的酰化试剂(如烯基酰氯)反应,得到的中间体化合物再由相应位置的硝基发生还原反应即可得到化合物(Ⅰ)。 Compound A1 is subjected to a ring closure reaction with a suitable reagent such as triethyl orthoformate, sulfuric acid/formic acid to give compound B1, and then compound B1 is treated with pyridine hydrochloride to give demethylated product B2. Compound B2 is reacted with acetic anhydride in the presence of a suitable base such as pyridine to give compound B3. Compound B3 is reacted with a suitable chlorinating reagent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give compound B4 which is then reacted with a Boc protected amine in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA to afford compound B5. Compound B5 and compound B7 are obtained after deacetylating compound B5 and removing the Boc protecting group, respectively. If there is no NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound B7, compound B7 is reacted with a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA. Compound (I) is obtained; if there is NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound B7, compound B7 is in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA and a suitable acylating reagent ( The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
方案COption C
当L-R 7不是H,且R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5均不是OH时,反应按方案C进行。 When LR 7 is other than H and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are not OH, the reaction proceeds according to Scheme C.
化合物A1与合适的试剂(比如尿素或用DBU和TFE制备的等离子液体[HDBU +][TFE -]和二氧化碳气体)发生关环反应得到化合物C1。化合物C1与合适的氯代试剂(如三氯氧磷)反应得到双氯代产物C2,再在合适的碱(如DIPEA)存在下和Boc保护的胺反应,得到化合物C3。化合物C3在合适的碱(如DIPEA或氟化钾)存在下和亲核试剂(如取代的氨基,醇或氰化钾)反应,得到化合物C4。将化合物C4发生脱保护反应得到化合物C5。若化合物C5中的R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中没有NH 2,将化合物C5在合适的碱(如TEA)存在下和合适的酰化试剂(如烯基酰氯)反应得到化合物(Ⅰ);若化合物C5中的R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中有NH 2,将化合物C5在合适的碱(如TEA)存在下和合适的酰化试剂(如烯基酰氯)反应,得到的中间体化合物再由相应位置的硝基发生还原反应即可得到化合物(Ⅰ)。 Compound A1 is subjected to a ring closure reaction with a suitable reagent such as urea or a plasma liquid [HDBU + ] [TFE - ] and carbon dioxide gas prepared by DBU and TFE to obtain compound C1. Compound C1 is reacted with a suitable chlorinating reagent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give the dichloro product C2 which is then reacted with a Boc-protected amine in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA to afford compound C3. Compound C3 is reacted with a nucleophile such as a substituted amino group, an alcohol or potassium cyanide in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or potassium fluoride to provide compound C4. Deprotection of compound C4 affords compound C5. If there is no NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound C5, compound C5 is reacted with a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA. Compound (I) is obtained; if there is NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound C5, compound C5 is in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA and a suitable acylating reagent ( The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
方案DOption D
当L-R 7不是H,且R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中有OH(例如R 1是OH)时,反应按方案D进行。 When LR 7 is other than H and there is OH in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 (for example, R 1 is OH), the reaction proceeds according to Scheme D.
化合物A1与合适的试剂(比如尿素或用DBU和TFE制备的等离子液体[HDBU +][TFE -]和二氧化碳气体)发生关环反应得到化合物D1,然后化合物D1用吡啶盐酸盐处理得到脱甲基产物D2。将化合物D2在合适的碱(如吡啶)存在下和乙酸酐反应得到化合物D3。化合物D3与合适的氯代试剂(如三氯氧磷)反应得到化合物D4,再在合适的碱(如DIPEA)存在下和Boc保护的胺反应得到化合物D5。化合物D5在在合适的碱(如DIPEA或氟化钾)存在下和亲核试剂(如取代的氨基,醇或氰化钾)反应得到化合物D6。将化合物D6脱乙酰基和脱Boc保护基后分别得到化合物D7和化合物D8。若化合物D8中的R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中没有NH 2,将化合物D8在合适的碱(如TEA)存在下和合适的酰化试剂(如烯基酰氯)反应得到化合物(Ⅰ);若化合物D8中的R 1、R 2、R 3、R 4和R 5中有NH 2,将化合物D8在合适的碱(如TEA)存在下和合适的酰化试剂(如烯基酰氯)反应,得到的中间体化合物再由相应位置的硝基发生还原反应即可得到化合物(Ⅰ)。 Compound A1 is subjected to a ring-closing reaction with a suitable reagent such as urea or a plasma liquid [HDBU + ][TFE - ] and carbon dioxide gas prepared by DBU and TFE to obtain compound D1, and then compound D1 is treated with pyridine hydrochloride to obtain a depolarization. Base product D2. Compound D2 is reacted with acetic anhydride in the presence of a suitable base such as pyridine to afford compound D3. Compound D3 is reacted with a suitable chlorinating reagent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give compound D4 which is then reacted with a Boc-protected amine in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA to afford compound D5. Compound D5 is reacted with a nucleophile such as a substituted amino group, an alcohol or potassium cyanide in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA or potassium fluoride to give compound D6. Decarboxylation of compound D6 and removal of the Boc protecting group afforded compound D7 and compound D8, respectively. If there is no NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound D8, compound D8 is reacted with a suitable acylating reagent such as alkenyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA. Compound (I) is obtained; if there is NH 2 in R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 in compound D8, compound D8 is in the presence of a suitable base such as TEA and a suitable acylating reagent ( The intermediate compound obtained is reacted with a nitro group at a corresponding position to obtain a compound (I) by a reaction such as alkenyl chloride.
方案EOption E
在上述方案E中,化合物E1和合适的酰氯(如3-氯-3-氧代丙酸甲酯)反应得到化合物E2。化合物E4的合成有两种方法:①化合物E2和合适的烯醚(如(E)-4-乙氧基-1,1,1-三氟-3-丁烯-2-酮)缩合得到化合物E3。将化合物E3在对甲苯磺酸等脱水剂作用下加热反应,得到脱水后关环得到化合物A4;②化合物E2在强碱(如甲醇钠)存在下,直接关环得到化合物E4。化合物E4水解得到化合物E5,然后再经过库尔提斯(Curtius)重排反应,得到Boc保护的氨基化合物E6。将化合物E6脱保护得到化合物E7,再将化合物E7用合适的溴代试剂(如NBS)溴代得到化合物E8。化合物E8和合适的氰基化试剂(如氰化亚酮)反应得到化合物E9。化合物E9水解得到化合物A1。In the above Scheme E, compound E1 is reacted with a suitable acid chloride such as methyl 3-chloro-3-oxopropionate to give compound E2. There are two methods for the synthesis of compound E4: 1 compound E2 and a suitable enamine (such as (E)-4-ethoxy-1,1,1-trifluoro-3-buten-2-one) are condensed to give a compound. E3. The compound E3 is heated and reacted under a dehydrating agent such as p-toluenesulfonic acid to obtain a compound A4 after dehydration, and the compound E2 is directly closed in the presence of a strong base (such as sodium methoxide) to obtain a compound E4. Compound E4 is hydrolyzed to give compound E5, which is then subjected to a Curtius rearrangement reaction to give Boc protected amino compound E6. Compound E6 is deprotected to give compound E7, which is then brominated with the appropriate bromination reagent (e.g., NBS) to afford compound E8. Compound E8 is reacted with a suitable cyanating reagent such as cyanide to give compound E9. Compound E9 is hydrolyzed to give compound A1.
实施例1Example 1
第一步:first step:
将化合物1a(4.8克,28.34毫摩尔)溶于乙酸乙酯(10毫升)中,在氮气保护下加入钯/碳(500毫克,10%)。将反应液用氢气置换几次后,在氢气球下于15℃搅拌反应6小时。将反应混合物过滤,滤液浓缩后得到化合物1b。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ6.71-6.62(m,3H),3.88(s,3H),3.76(brs,2H). Compound 1a (4.8 g, 28.34 mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL). After the reaction solution was replaced with hydrogen several times, the reaction was stirred at 15 ° C for 6 hours under a hydrogen balloon. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give Compound 1b. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 6.71-6.62 (m, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.76 (brs, 2H).
第二步:The second step:
将化合物1b(4.00克,28.34毫摩尔)和TEA(5.74克,56.68毫摩尔)溶于DCM(50毫升)中,在15℃时搅拌滴加3-氯-3-氧代丙酸甲酯(5.00克,36.62毫摩尔)。滴完后,将反应混合物继续在15℃搅拌反应5分钟,然后用DCM(50毫升)稀释。将反应液分别用5%的稀盐酸(50毫升)和饱和食盐水(50毫升)洗涤,有机相用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤。滤液浓缩后得到化合物1c。LCMS(ESI)m/z:264.0(M+23)。Compound 1b (4.00 g, 28.34 mmol) and TEA (5.74 g, 56.68 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (50 ml), and then 3-chloro-3-oxopropionate was added dropwise at 15 °C ( 5.00 g, 36.62 mmol). After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction mixture was further stirred at 15 ° C for 5 minutes and then diluted with DCM (50 mL). The reaction mixture was washed with EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated to give the compound 1c. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 264.0 (M+21.
第三步:third step:
将化合物1c(6.50克,26.95毫摩尔),(E)-4-乙氧基-1,1,1-三氟-3-丁烯-2-酮(4.53克,26.95毫摩 尔)和DBU(4.31克,28.30毫摩尔)溶于THF(100毫升),在15℃搅拌反应2小时后浓缩。将残余物溶于乙酸乙酯(100毫升),分别用5%的稀盐酸(100毫升)和饱和食盐水(100毫升)洗涤。有机相分离后用无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩得到化合物1d。Compound 1c (6.50 g, 26.95 mmol), (E)-4-ethoxy-1,1,1-trifluoro-3-buten-2-one (4.53 g, 26.95 mmol) and DBU ( 4.31 g, 28.30 mmol) was dissolved in THF (100 mL). The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (EtOAc) (EtOAc)EtOAc. The organic phase was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give the compound 1d.
第四步:the fourth step:
将化合物1d(10.50克,27.54毫摩尔)和一水合对甲苯磺酸(314.32毫克,1.65毫摩尔)溶于甲苯(150毫升),加热到回流。反应生成的水使用分水器分离。反应液回流1小时后,停止回流,冷却到15℃,然后分别用水(50毫升),饱和碳酸氢钠溶液(50毫升)和水(50毫升)洗涤。将有机相收集后,用无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后得到化合物1e。LCMS(ESI)m/z:345.9(M+1)。Compound 1d (10.50 g, 27.54 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (314.32 mg, 1.65 mmol) were dissolved in toluene (150 mL) and heated to reflux. The water produced by the reaction is separated using a water separator. After the reaction mixture was refluxed for 1 hour, the mixture was refluxed, cooled to 15 ° C, and then washed with water (50 ml), saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 ml) and water (50 ml). The organic phase was collected, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give the compound 1e. LCMS (ESI) m /z:
第五步:the fifth step:
将化合物1e(8.20克,23.75毫摩尔)溶于THF(80毫升),然后加入NaOH水溶液(80毫升,2M)。将反应液在15℃搅拌反应0.5小时后,加压浓缩除去部分溶剂,然后再用水(50毫升)稀释。将得到的混合物用甲基叔丁醚(80毫升*2)洗涤,分离出水相。将水相用浓盐酸调pH值到2,然后用乙酸乙酯(100毫升*2)萃取。将合并的有机相用饱和食盐水(120毫升)洗涤,经无水硫酸钠干燥后过滤,滤液浓缩得到化合物1f。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ8.61(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),7.49-7.43(m,1H),7.05(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),6.86-6.81(m,2H),3.76(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:332.1(M+1)。 Compound 1e (8.20 g, 23.75 mmol) was dissolved in THF (EtOAc) (EtOAc) After the reaction mixture was stirred at 15 ° C for 0.5 hour, a portion of the solvent was removed by pressure and then diluted with water (50 ml). The resulting mixture was washed with methyl tert-butyl ether (80 mL * 2) and the aqueous phase was separated. The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 2 with concentrated hydrochloric acid and then extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL*2). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (120 ml), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ8.61 (d, J = 7.2Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 7.2Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.81 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m.
第六步:The sixth step:
将化合物1f(6.30克,19.02毫摩尔)和TEA(2.89克,28.53毫摩尔)溶于叔丁醇(100.00毫升),再加入叠氮磷酸二苯酯(6.28克,22.82毫摩尔)。将反应液加热到75℃反应2小时,然后减压浓缩。残余物经硅胶柱层析(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=10:1)纯化,得到化合物1g。LCMS(ESI)m/z:425.0(M+23)。Compound 1f (6.30 g, 19.02 mmol) and TEA (2.89 g, 28.53 mmol) were dissolved in tert-butanol (100.00 mL) and then diphenyl azide (6.28 g, 22.82 mmol). The reaction solution was heated to 75 ° C for 2 hours, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified through silica gel column chromatography (EtOAcEtOAcEtOAc LCMS (ESI) m.
第七步:Step 7:
将化合物1g(4.70克,11.68毫摩尔)溶于盐酸/甲醇溶液(50毫升,4M),在12℃搅拌反应13小时,然后减压浓缩。将残余物用饱和碳酸钠溶液(40毫升)中和,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取(50毫升*3)。合并萃取液,用饱和食盐水(80毫升)洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后得到化合物1h。LCMS(ESI)m/z:303.0(M+1)。The compound 1 g (4.70 g, 11.68 mmol) was dissolved in hydrochloric acid / methanol (50 ml, 4M), and the mixture was stirred at 12 ° C for 13 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was neutralized with aq. EtOAc (EtOAc) The combined extracts were washed with brine (EtOAc) The filtrate was concentrated to give compound 1h. LCMS (ESI) m.
第八步:The eighth step:
将NBS(64.78毫克,363.97微摩尔)加入到化合物1h(100毫克,330.88微摩尔)的DMF溶液(2毫升)中,然后在20℃搅拌反应0.5小时,再用水(10毫升)淬灭反应。将混合物用乙酸乙酯萃取(10毫升*3)萃取,合并萃取液用饱和食盐水(30毫升)洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥后过滤。滤液减压浓缩,再用制备的TLC(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=3:1)纯化,得到化合物1i。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ7.38-7.34(m,1H),6.86(s,1H),6.79-6.73(m,2H),4.92(brs,2H),3.72(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:380.9(M+1)。 NBS (64.78 mg, 363.97 μmol) was added to a solution of the compound 1H (100 mg, 330. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified using EtOAc (EtOAc:EtOAc:EtOAc 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ7.38-7.34 (m, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 6.79-6.73 (m, 2H), 4.92 (brs, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 38:21.
第九步:The ninth step:
将化合物1i(2.60克,6.82毫摩尔)和氰化亚铜(733.17毫克,8.18毫摩尔)溶于NMP(15毫升)中,在微波反应器中加热到190℃反应4.5小时。将反应液冷却到20℃,再加入乙酸乙酯(30毫升),水(30毫升)和浓氨水(10毫升)。将有机相分离后用饱和食盐水(50毫升)洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤后浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱层析层析(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=3:1)纯化,得到化合物1j。LCMS(ESI) m/z:328.0(M+1)。Compound 1i (2.60 g, 6.82 mmol) and cuprous cyanide (733.17 mg, 8.18 mmol) were dissolved in NMP (15 mL) and heated to 190 ° C for 4.5 hours in a microwave reactor. The reaction solution was cooled to 20 ° C, then ethyl acetate (30 ml), water (30 ml) and concentrated aqueous ammonia (10 ml). The organic phase was separated, washed with brine (50 ml) The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc:EtOAc LCMS (ESI) m.
第十步:Step 10:
将浓硫酸(36.80克,375.22毫摩尔)用水(5毫升)稀释,然后加入化合物1j(1.20克,3.67毫摩尔)。将反应混合物加热到80℃,搅拌反应1小时后冷却,倒入到冰水(200克)中,再用浓氨水调pH值到8。将此混合物用乙酸乙酯(40毫升*2)萃取,合并萃取液,饱和食盐水(50毫升)洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤后浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱层析(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=1:1)纯化,得到化合物1k。LCMS(ESI)m/z:346.0(M+1)。Concentrated sulfuric acid (36.80 g, 375.22 mmol) was diluted with water (5 mL) then compound 1j (1.20 g, 3.67 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 ° C, stirred for 1 hour, cooled, poured into ice water (200 g), and then adjusted to pH 8 with concentrated aqueous ammonia. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAcEtOAc LCMS (ESI) m.
第十一步:The eleventh step:
将化合物1k(0.9克,2.61毫摩尔)加入到原甲酸三乙酯(30毫升)中,加热到80℃反应2小时,然后减压浓缩。将残余物溶于乙酸乙酯(30毫升)中,分别用饱和碳酸氢钠溶液(20毫升)和饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥后过滤。滤液浓缩后得到化合物1l。LCMS(ESI)m/z:356.0(M+1)。Compound 1k (0.9 g, 2.61 mmol) was added to triethyl orthoformate (30 ml), and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C for 2 hr. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated to give the compound 1l. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 35:21.
第十二步:Step 12:
将化合物1l(0.9克,2.53毫摩尔)加入到三氯氧磷(10毫升,107.61毫摩尔)中,加热到80℃反应1小时,然后减压浓缩。往残余物中加入甲苯(15毫升),减压浓缩后得到化合物1m。LCMS(ESI)m/z:374.0(M+1)。Compound 11 (0.9 g, 2.53 mmol) was added to phosphorus oxychloride (10 ml, 107.61 mmol), and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C for 1 hour, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. To the residue was added toluene (15 ml). LCMS (ESI) m.
第十三步:Step 13:
将化合物1m(1.00克,2.68毫摩尔),哌嗪-1-甲酸叔丁酯(498.41毫克,2.68毫摩尔)和TEA(812.36毫克,8.03毫摩尔)溶于DCM(20毫升)中,然后在15℃反应2小时。再补加TEA(812.36毫克,8.03毫摩尔),继续在15℃反应16小时。将反应液用DCM(30毫升)稀释,再分别用5%的稀盐酸(50毫升)和水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤后浓缩。将残余物用硅胶柱层析(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=2:1)纯化,得到化合物1n。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ8.81(s,1H),7.39-7.34(m,1H),6.89(s,1H),6.80-6.75(m,2H),3.70-3.68(m,7H),3.59-3.52(m,4H),1.43(s,9H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:524.3(M+1)。 Compound 1m (1.00 g, 2.68 mmol), tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (498.41 mg, 2.68 mmol) and TEA (812.36 mg, 8.03 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (20 mL) The reaction was carried out at 15 ° C for 2 hours. Additional TEA (812.36 mg, 8.03 mmol) was added and the reaction was continued at 15 ° C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (EtOAcEtOAcEtOAc 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ8.81 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.34 (m, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.80-6.75 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.68 (m, 7H ), 3.59-3.52 (m, 4H), 1.43 (s, 9H); LCMS (ESI) m.
第十四步:Step 14:
将化合物1n(0.45克,859.63微摩尔)加入到盐酸/甲醇溶液中(20毫升,4摩尔每升),在15℃反应2小时,浓缩得到化合物1o。LCMS(ESI)m/z:424.1(M+1)。Compound 1n (0.45 g, 859.63 μmol) was added to a hydrochloric acid/methanol solution (20 ml, 4 moles per liter), reacted at 15 ° C for 2 hours, and concentrated to give compound 1o. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 4221.
第十五步:Step 15:
将1o(50毫克,108.74微摩尔)和TEA(33.01毫克,326.21微摩尔)加到DCM(5毫升)中,冷却到-30℃后加入丙烯酰氯(11.81毫克,130.48微摩尔)。将反应液在-30℃搅拌反应0.5小时,然后用稀盐酸(5毫升,0.5摩尔每升)淬灭反应。有机相分离后,用无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤后浓缩。残余物用制备的TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1)纯化,得到粗产品。粗产品用制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例1。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.79(s,1H),7.61-7.55(m,1H),7.29(s,1H),7.06(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.96(t,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.87-6.80(m,1H),6.30(dd,J=16.81,1.88Hz,1H),5.83(dd,J=10.67,1.88Hz,1H),4.01(brs,4H),3.91(brs,4H),3.84(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:478.0(M+1)。 1o (50 mg, 108.74 micromoles) and TEA (33.01 mg, 326.21 micromoles) were added to DCM (5 mL). After cooling to -30 °C, acryloyl chloride (11.81 mg, 130.48 micromoles) was added. The reaction solution was stirred at -30 ° C for 0.5 hour, then quenched with dilute hydrochloric acid (5 mL, 0.5 moles per liter). The organic phase was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified with EtOAc (MeOH:MeOH:EtOAc) The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (carboxylic acid) to afford Example 1. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 7.61 - 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (t , J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.30 (dd, J = 16.81, 1.88 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J = 10.67, 1.88 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (brs, 4H), 3.91 (brs, 4H), 3.84 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 478.0 (M+1).
实施例2和实施例3Embodiment 2 and Embodiment 3
第一步:first step:
将化合物1j(18克,55.01毫摩尔)在25℃下溶于离子液体[HDBU +][TFE -](30.44克)中,反应在充满二氧化碳气体的气球下反应12小时,然后将反应液倒入水中(100毫升),用乙酸乙酯萃取(100毫升*3)。合并有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩。将粗产品加入到石油醚和乙酸乙酯的混合溶剂中(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=10:1;15毫升)搅拌,过滤。滤饼干燥得到化合物2a。 1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ12.03-11.34(m,2H),7.67-7.55(m,1H),7.19(s,1H),7.17-7.04(m,2H),3.79(s,3H)。 Compound 1j (18 g, 55.01 mmol) was dissolved in ionic liquid [HDBU + ][TFE - ] (30.44 g) at 25 ° C, and the reaction was carried out under a balloon filled with carbon dioxide gas for 12 hours, and then the reaction liquid was poured. Into water (100 ml), extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml *3). The combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous sodium The crude product was added to a mixed solvent of petroleum ether and ethyl acetate (petrole ether: ethyl acetate = 10:1; 15 ml). The filter cake was dried to give compound 2a. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 12.03-11.34 (m, 2H), 7.67-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.17-7.04 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s) , 3H).
第二步:The second step:
将化合物2a(11.4克,30.71毫摩尔)和吡啶盐酸盐(35.49克,307.08毫摩尔)混合加热到180℃,反应15分钟后,冷却。将反应混合物倒入饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液(100毫升)中,用乙酸乙酯萃取(100毫升*2)。合并有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥后过滤,滤液减压浓缩得到化合物2b。LCMS(ESI)m/z:358.1(M+1)。Compound 2a (11.4 g, 30.71 mmol) and pyridine hydrochloride (35.49 g, 307.08 mmol) were mixed and heated to 180 ° C, and reacted for 15 minutes and then cooled. The reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc EtOAc m. The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, LCMS (ESI) m/z: 35:21.
第三步:third step:
将化合物2b(10克,27.99毫摩尔)溶于醋酸酐(109克,100毫升),然后滴加吡啶(2.21克,27.99毫摩尔)。反应混合物在20℃下反应10分钟,倒入水中(50毫升),用乙酸乙酯萃取(50毫升*2)。合并萃取液,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤后减压浓缩。残余物加入到石油醚和乙酸乙酯的混合溶剂中(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=8:1;25毫升)搅拌,过滤,干燥得化合物2c。Compound 2b (10 g, 27.99 mmol) was dissolved in acetic anhydride (109 g, 100 mL) then pyridine (2.21 g, 27.99 mmol). The reaction mixture was reacted for 10 minutes at 20 ° C, poured into water (50 ml) The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium The residue was added to a mixed solvent of petroleum ether and ethyl acetate ( petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 8:1; 25 ml).
第四步:the fourth step:
将化合物2c(1克,2.5毫摩尔)溶于三氯氧磷(3.84克,2.33毫升)中,加热到120℃下反应0.5小时。将反应液减压浓缩得到化合物2d。Compound 2c (1 g, 2.5 mmol) was dissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (3.84 g, 2.33 ml) and heated to 120 ° C for 0.5 h. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give Compound 2d.
第五步:the fifth step:
化合物2e的合成参考化合物1n。 1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ7.70(dt,J=8.4,6.4Hz,1H),7.50-7.33(m,2H),7.23(s,1H),3.88(d,J=3.2Hz,4H),3.57(s,4H),2.11(s,3H),1.45(s,9H)。 The synthesis of compound 2e is based on compound 1n. 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO- d 6) δ7.70 (dt, J = 8.4,6.4Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 3.88 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 4H), 3.57 (s, 4H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
第六步:The sixth step:
将化合物2e(150毫克,0.256毫摩尔)和TEA(26毫克,0.256毫摩尔)溶于甲醇(15毫升)中,加入钯碳(2.76毫克,10%)。将反应在充满氢气的气球下于30℃反应1小时。将反应液过滤,减压浓缩。残余物经制备的TLC(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=1:2)纯化,得到化合物2f。LCMS(ESI)m/z:510.0(M+1)。Compound 2e (150 mg, 0.256 mmol) and TEA (26 mg, 0.256 mmol) were dissolved in methanol (15 mL) and palladium carbon (2.76 mg, 10%). The reaction was allowed to react at 30 ° C for 1 hour under a balloon filled with hydrogen. The reaction solution was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative EtOAc (EtOAc:EtOAc:EtOAc LCMS (ESI) m/z:21.
第七步:Step 7:
化合物2g的合成参考化合物1o。LCMS(ESI)m/z:410.0(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 2g is based on reference compound 1o. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 41:21.
第八步:The eighth step:
将化合物2g(80毫克,0.195毫摩尔)和TEA(39.55毫克,0.390毫摩尔)溶于DCM(10毫升)中,然后在0℃下将丙烯酰氯(17.69毫克,0.195毫摩尔)滴加到反应液中。滴加完后在20℃下反应10分钟,然后将反应液倒入水中(20毫升),用乙酸乙酯(20毫升*2)萃取,合并有机相后经无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤后减压浓缩。残余物经制备的TLC(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=1:2)纯化,得到的消旋混合物2h再经SFC(柱型号:Chiralcel OJ-3,100×4.6mm I.D.,3μm;流动相A:甲醇(含0.05%的二乙胺);流动相B:二氧化碳;流速:3mL/min;波长:220nm)纯化后得到实施例2(t R=1.763min)和实施例3(t R=1.954min)。LCMS(ESI)m/z:464.1(M+1)。 Compound 2g (80 mg, 0.195 mmol) and TEA (39.55 mg, 0.390 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (10 mL), then acryloyl chloride (17.69 mg, 0.195 mmol) was added dropwise to the reaction at 0 °C. In the liquid. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was carried out at 20 ° C for 10 minutes, then the reaction mixture was poured into water (20 ml), extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml * 2), and the organic phase was combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate Concentrated by pressure. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc (EtOAc:EtOAc: EtOAc): EtOAc (EtOAc: EtOAc: EtOAc containing 0.05% diethylamine); mobile phase B: carbon dioxide; flow rate: 3mL / min; wavelength: 220nm to give after purification) Example 2 (t R = 1.763min) and Example 3 (t R = 1.954min embodiment). LCMS (ESI) m/z: 4621.
实施例2: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.79(s,1H),7.47-7.34(m,1H),7.27(s,1H),6.94-6.71(m,3H),6.29(dd,J=16.8,1.6Hz,1H),5.82(dd,J=10.4,1.6Hz,1H),4.09-3.87(m,8H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:464.1(M+1)。 Example 2: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 7.47-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.94-6.71 (m, 3H), 6.29 ( Dd, J = 16.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J = 10.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.09 - 3.87 (m, 8H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 464.1 (M+1).
实施例3: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.79(s,1H),7.48-7.33(m,1H),7.27(s,1H),6.94-6.72(m,3H),6.29(d,J=16.8Hz,1H),5.83(d,J=10.4Hz,1H),4.13-3.88(m,8H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:464.1(M+1)。 Example 3: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.94-6.72 (m, 3H), 6.29 ( d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.13 - 3.88 (m, 8H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 464.1 (M+1).
实施例4Example 4
第一步:first step:
将4-氨基-1-甲基哌啶(38.98毫克,341.34微摩尔)溶于DCM(3毫升)中,向该溶液中加入TEA(51.81毫克,512微摩尔)和化合物2e(100毫克,170.67微摩尔),然后在15℃下搅拌14小时。将饱和的氯化铵水溶液(20毫升)加入到反应液中淬灭反应,再用乙酸乙酯(20毫升*2)萃取。有机相经无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩后,得到粗产品。该产品经制备的TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=10:1)纯化,得到化合物4a。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ7.28-7.19(m,1H),7.06(br s,1H),6.92(s,1H),6.66-6.62(m,1H),4.22-4.11(m,1H),3.62-3.59(m,9H),2.70(s,3H),2.05-2.00(m,4H),1.48(s,9H),1.48-1.38(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:621.9(M+1)。 4-Amino-1-methylpiperidine (38.98 mg, 341.34 μmol) was dissolved in DCM (3 mL). To this solution was added TEA (51.81 mg, 512 μmol) and compound 2e (100 mg, 170.67). Micromolar), then stirred at 15 ° C for 14 hours. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (20 ml) was added to the mixture and the mixture was evaporated. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give a crude material. This product was purified by preparative TLC (dichloromethane:methanol = 10:1) to afford compound 4a. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ7.28-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.06 (br s, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 6.66-6.62 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.59 (m, 9H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.48 (s, 9H), 1.48-1.38 (m, 4H); LCMS (ESI) m/ z: 621.9 (M + 1).
第二步:The second step:
化合物4b的合成参考化合物1o。LCMS(ESI)m/z:522.3(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 4b is based on compound 1o. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 5221.
第三步:third step:
参考实施例1合成得到实施例4的甲酸盐。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.54(s,1H),7.40-7.36(m,1H),7.16(s,1H),6.86-6.77(m,3H),6.28(dd,J=2.0,2.0Hz,1H),5.82(dd,J=2.0,1.6Hz,1H),3.97-3.87(m,9H),3.21-3.18(m,2H),2.92(s,2H),2.71(s,3H),2.22(d,J=11.6Hz,2H),1.84-1.81(m,2H),2.49(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:576.1(M+1)。 The formate salt of Example 4 was synthesized by reference to Example 1. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.86-6.77 (m, 3H), 6.28 (dd, J = 2.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J=2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.97-3.87 (m, 9H), 3.21-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.92 (s, 2H), 2.71 (s) , 3H), 2.22 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 2H), 1.84-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 576.1 (M+1).
实施例5Example 5
参考实施例4合成得到实施例5的甲酸盐。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.56(s,1H),7.40-7.34(m,1H),7.21(s,1H),6.83-6.75(m,3H),6.29(dd,J=2.0,2.0Hz,1H),5.82(dd,J=2.0,1.6Hz,1H),3.89(s,8H),3.71-3.69(m,2H),3.37(s,2H),3.29-3.28(m,2H),1.27(t,J=5.8Hz,6H)。LCMS(ESI)m/z:578.1(M+1)。 The formate salt of Example 5 was synthesized by reference to Example 4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 6.83-6.75 (m, 3H), 6.29 (dd, J = 2.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J=2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 8H), 3.71-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.29-3.28 (m , 2H), 1.27 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 6H). LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例6Example 6
实施例6的合成参考实施例4。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.39-7.33(m,1H),7.15(s,1H),6.86-6.74(m,3H),6.28(dd,J=2.0,2.0Hz,1H),5.81(dd,J=2.0,1.6Hz,1H),3.95(t,J=4.0Hz,9H),3.90-3.86(m,4H),3.85-3.81(m,4H),3.77-3.75(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:549.1(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 6 is referred to Example 4. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ7.39-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 6.86-6.74 (m, 3H), 6.28 (dd, J = 2.0,2.0Hz, 1H) , 5.81 (dd, J = 2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 9H), 3.90-3.86 (m, 4H), 3.85-3.81 (m, 4H), 3.77-3.75 (m , 4H); LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例7Example 7
实施例7的合成参考实施例4。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.39-7.33(m,1H),7.15(s,1H),6.86-6.76(m,3H),6.29(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),5.82(d,J=6.0Hz,1H),4.43-4.16(m,2H),3.96-3.77(m,10H),2.98-2.90(m,1H),2.14(s,3H),2.06(s,2H),1.49(s,2H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:604.2(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 7 is referred to Example 4. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ7.39-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 6.86-6.76 (m, 3H), 6.29 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 5.82 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.43-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.77 (m, 10H), 2.98-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 2H) ), 1.49 (s, 2H); LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例8Example 8
参考实施例4合成得到实施例8的甲酸盐。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.48(s,1H),7.39-7.33(m,1H),7.14(s,1H),6.86-6.74(m,3H),6.28(dd,J=2.0,1.6Hz,1H),5.82(dd,J=2.0,2.0Hz,1H),4.40-4.35(m,4H),4.19-4.15(m,4H),3.92-3.90(m,1H),3.90-3.86(m,8H),2.87-2.82(m,4H),1.16(t,J=6.8Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:590.1(M+1)。 The formate salt of Example 8 was synthesized by reference to Example 4. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.48 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.86-6.74 (m, 3H), 6.28 (dd, J = 2.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J = 2.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.35 (m, 4H), 4.19-4.15 (m, 4H), 3.92-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.90 - 3.86 (m, 8H), 2.87-2.82 (m, 4H), 1.16 (t,J = 6.8 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 590.1 (M+1).
实施例9和实施例10Example 9 and Example 10
实施例8经SFC(柱型号:Chiralcel OJ-3,100×4.6mm I.D.,3μm;流动相A:甲醇(含0.05%的二乙胺);流动相B:二氧化碳;流速:3mL/min;波长:220nm)纯化,得到实施例9(t R=2.90min)和 Example 8 via SFC (column model: Chiralcel OJ-3, 100 x 4.6 mm ID, 3 μm; mobile phase A: methanol (containing 0.05% diethylamine); mobile phase B: carbon dioxide; flow rate: 3 mL/min; wavelength: 220 nm Purified to give Example 9 (t R = 2.90 min) and
实施例10(t R=3.11min)。LCMS(ESI)m/z:590.1(M+1)。 Example 10 (t R = 3.11 min). LCMS (ESI) m/z:
实施例9: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.36(dt,J=8.4,6.5Hz,1H),7.13(s,1H),6.89-6.71(m,3H),6.28(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.81(dd,J=10.6,2.0Hz,1H),4.59(br s,1H),4.40-4.26(m,2H),4.18-4.04(m,2H),3.92-3.71(s,9H),2.71(q,J=7.2Hz,4H),1.10(t,J=7.2Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:590.1(M+1)。 Example 9: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.36 (dt, J = 8.4, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.89-6.71 (m, 3H), 6.28 (dd, J=16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J=10.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (br s, 1H), 4.40-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.71 (s, 9H), 2.71 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H), 1.10 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 590.1 (M+1).
实施例10: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.36(dt,J=8.4,6.5Hz,1H),7.13(s,1H),6.89-6.71(m,3H),6.28(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.81(dd,J=10.6,2.0Hz,1H),4.59(br s,1H),4.40-4.26(m,2H),4.18-4.04(m,2H),3.92-3.71(s,9H),2.71(q,J=7.2Hz,4H),1.10(t,J=7.2Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:590.1(M+1)。 Example 10: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.36 (dt, J = 8.4, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.89-6.71 (m, 3H), 6.28 (dd, J=16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (dd, J=10.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (br s, 1H), 4.40-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.71 (s, 9H), 2.71 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H), 1.10 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 590.1 (M+1).
实施例11Example 11
第一步:first step:
将化合物2e(80毫克,136.53微摩尔)和甲醇钠(29.50毫克,546.14微摩尔)溶于甲醇(3毫升)中,然后在20℃下搅拌30分钟。将反应液浓缩后,得到粗产品。该产品经制备的TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=10:1)纯化,得到化合物11a。LCMS(ESI)m/z:558.3(M+1)。Compound 2e (80 mg, 136.53 μmol) and sodium methoxide (29.50 mg, 546.14 μmol) were dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and then stirred at 20 ° C for 30 min. After concentrating the reaction mixture, a crude product was obtained. This product was purified by preparative TLC (dichloromethane:methanol = 10:1) to afford compound 11a. LCMS (ESI) m/?:
第二步:The second step:
化合物11b的合成参考化合物1o。The synthesis of compound 11b is based on compound 1o.
第三步:third step:
实施例11的合成参考实施例1。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.45(brs,1H),7.29-7.21(m,1H),7.13(s,1H),6.77-6.60(m,3H),6.21-6.14(m,1H),5.73-5.68(m,1H),3.96(s,3H),3.92-3.83(m,4H),3.83-3.75(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:494.0(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 11 is referred to Example 1. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.45 (brs, 1H), 7.29-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.77-6.60 (m, 3H), 6.21-6.14 (m, 1H), 5.73-5.68 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.83-3.75 (m, 4H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 494.0 (M+1) ).
实施例12Example 12
第一步:first step:
将化合物2e(100毫克,170.67微摩尔)和1-甲基哌啶-4-醇(196.56毫克,1.71毫摩尔)溶于DMSO(2毫升)和二氧六环(2毫升)中,向该溶液中加入氟化钾(99.16毫克,1.71毫摩尔),然后加热到120℃搅拌反应2小时。将水(10毫升)加入到反应液中淬灭反应,再用乙酸乙酯(20毫升*2)萃取。合并有机相,经饱和食盐水洗涤(10毫升),无水硫酸钠干燥后,过滤。滤液浓缩后,得到粗产品。该产品经制备的TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=10:1)纯化,得到化合物12a。LCMS(ESI)m/z:623.1(M+1)。Compound 2e (100 mg, 170.67 μmol) and 1-methylpiperidin-4-ol (196.56 mg, 1.71 mmol) were dissolved in DMSO (2 mL) and dioxane (2 mL) Potassium fluoride (99.16 mg, 1.71 mmol) was added to the solution, and the mixture was heated to 120 ° C and stirred for 2 hours. Water (10 ml) was added to the reaction mixture to quench the mixture, and ethyl acetate (20 ml*2). The organic layer was combined, washed with brine (EtOAc) After the filtrate was concentrated, a crude product was obtained. This product was purified by preparative TLC (dichloromethane:methanol = 10:1) to afford compound 12a. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 6221.
第二步:The second step:
化合物12b的合成参考化合物1o。LCMS(ESI)m/z:523.1(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 12b is based on compound 1o. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 52:21.
第三步:third step:
实施例12的合成参考实施例1。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.30-7.21(m,1H),7.14(s,1H),6.75-6.61(m,3H),6.18(dd,J=16.0,4.0Hz,1H),5.74-5.68(m,1H),5.28-5.14(m,1H),3.91-3.75(m,8H),2.95-2.80(m,2H),2.70-2.55(m,2H),2.41(s,3H),2.15-2.00(m,2H),1.97-1.85(m,2H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:577.2(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 12 is referred to Example 1. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.30-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 6.75-6.61 (m, 3H), 6.18 (dd, J = 16.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H) , 5.74-5.68 (m, 1H), 5.28-5.14 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.75 (m, 8H), 2.95-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.15-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.85 (m, 2H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 577.2 (M+1).
实施例13Example 13
第一步:first step:
将氰化钾(0.2克,3.07毫摩尔)溶于DMSO(4毫升)中,向该溶液中加入18-冠醚-6(338.33毫克,1.28毫摩尔)和化合物2e(150毫克,256微摩尔),然后在15℃下搅拌反应15小时。用饱和的碳酸氢钠水溶液(20毫升)淬灭反应,再用乙酸乙酯(20毫升*2)萃取。有机相经无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩后,得到粗产品。该产品经制备的TLC(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=1:1)纯化,得到化合物13a。LCMS(ESI)m/z:535.1(M+1)。Potassium cyanide (0.2 g, 3.07 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (4 mL), and 18-crown-6 (338.33 mg, 1.28 mmol) and compound 2e (150 mg, 256 micromoles) were added to the solution. Then, the reaction was stirred at 15 ° C for 15 hours. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc) The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give a crude material. This product was purified by preparative TLC (petrole ether: ethyl acetate = 1:1) to afford compound 13a. LCMS (ESI) m /z:
第二步:The second step:
化合物13b的合成参考化合物1o。LCMS(ESI)m/z:435.0(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 13b is based on compound 1o. LCMS (ESI) m.
第三步:third step:
参考实施例1合成实施例13的甲酸盐。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.54(s,1H),7.42-7.38(m,1H),7.30(s,1H),6.86-6.74(m,3H),6.31(dd,J=1.6,1.6Hz,1H),5.87-5.80(dd,J=2.0,2.0Hz,1H),4.08-4.01(m,4H),3.92-3.88(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:489.0(M+1)。 The formate salt of Example 13 was synthesized by reference to Example 1. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.42 - 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 6.86-6.74 (m, 3H), 6.31 (dd, J = 1.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.87-5.80 (dd, J=2.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.01 (m, 4H), 3.92-3.88 (m, 4H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 489.0 (M+1).
实施例14Example 14
第一步:first step:
将化合物13a(55毫克,102.91微摩尔)溶于二氧六环溶液(2毫升),再向该溶液中加入盐酸/二氧六环溶液(4.13毫升,4M),然后在15℃下搅拌反应1小时,过滤。滤液浓缩得到化合物14a。LCMS(ESI)m/z:453.0(M+1)。Compound 13a (55 mg, 102.91 μmol) was dissolved in dioxane solution (2 mL), and then a solution of hydrochloric acid / dioxane (4.13 ml, 4M) was added to the solution, and then the reaction was stirred at 15 ° C. 1 hour, filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give the compound 14a. LCMS (ESI) m.
第二步:The second step:
参考实施例1合成得到实施例14的甲酸盐。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.55(s,1H),7.31-7.27(m,1H),6.84(dd,J=10.4,10.4Hz,1H),6.70(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.57-6.22(m,1H),6.32(dd,J=2.0,2.0Hz,1H),5.85(d,J=12.8Hz,1H),4.30-4.16(m,4H),3.99-3.91(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:507.0(M+1)。 The formate salt of Example 14 was synthesized by reference to Example 1. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.55 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.27 (m, 1H), 6.84 (dd, J = 10.4,10.4Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J = 8.8Hz , 1H), 6.57-6.22 (m, 1H), 6.32 (dd, J = 2.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.16 (m, 4H), 3.99- 3.91 (m, 4H); LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例15Example 15
实施例15的合成参考实施例12。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.91(s,1H),7.59(s,1H),7.43-7.34(m,1H),7.28(s,1H),6.86-6.74(m,3H),6.33-6.25(m,1H),5.85-5.79(m,1H),3.99-3.94(m,4H),3.91(s,3H),3.90-3.85(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:560.1(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 15 is referred to Example 12. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.86-6.74 (m, 3H) , 6.33-6.25 (m, 1H), 5.85-5.79 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.94 (m, 4H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.90-3.85 (m, 4H); LCMS (ESI) m/ z: 560.1 (M+1).
实施例16Example 16
第一步:first step:
将化合物1l(7.00克,19.70毫摩尔)和吡啶盐酸盐(22.77克,197.05毫摩尔)混合,然后在180℃下搅拌15分钟。将反应混合物倒入饱和碳酸氢钠溶液(50毫升)中,用乙酸乙酯(80毫升*2)萃取。合并有机相,经无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液减压浓缩后得到化合物16a。Compound 11 (7.00 g, 19.70 mmol) and pyridine hydrochloride (22.77 g, 197.05 mmol) were mixed and then stirred at 180 ° C for 15 min. The reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc EtOAc m. The organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 16a.
第二步:The second step:
将化合物16a(6.00克,17.58毫摩尔)溶于醋酸酐(35.9克,351.68毫摩尔)中,然后加入吡啶(1.39克,17.58毫摩尔)。此反应液在20℃下反应10分钟,然后倒入水中(30毫升),用乙酸乙酯(50毫升*2)萃取。合并有机相,经无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液减压浓缩得到化合物16b。Compound 16a (6.00 g, 17.58 mmol) was dissolved in acetic anhydride (35.9 g, 351.68 mmol) then pyridine (1.39 g, 17.58 mmol). The reaction solution was reacted at 20 ° C for 10 minutes, then poured into water (30 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml*2). The organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 16b.
第三步:third step:
化合物16c的合成参考化合物1m。The synthesis of compound 16c is based on compound 1m.
第四步:the fourth step:
化合物16d的合成参考化合物1n。LCMS(ESI)m/z:566.1(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 16d is based on compound 1n. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 5621.
第五步:the fifth step:
将化合物16d(60.0毫克,106.1微摩尔)溶于THF(3毫升)和水(3毫升)中,向该溶液中加入一水合氢氧化锂(251.8毫克,6.0毫摩尔),然后在25℃下搅拌0.2小时。将反应混合物用稀盐酸(10毫升,1摩尔每升)淬灭,用乙酸乙酯(15毫升*3)萃取。合并有机相,经无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液浓缩后得到化合物16e。LCMS(ESI)m/z:524.1(M+1)。Compound 16d (60.0 mg, 106.1 μmol) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and water (3 mL). To the solution was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (251.8 mg, 6.0 mmol), then at 25 ° C Stir for 0.2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc) The organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give compound 16e. LCMS (ESI) m/z: Compound:
第六步:The sixth step:
化合物16f的合成参考化合物1o。LCMS(ESI)m/z:424.1(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 16f is based on compound 1o. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 4221.
第七步:Step 7:
实施例16的合成参考实施例1。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.75(s,1H),7.41-7.36(m,1H),7.20(s,1H),6.84-6.76(m,2H),6.25(d,J=6.0Hz,2H),5.69(t,J=2.0Hz,1H),4.43(d,J=10.0Hz,2H),4.18-4.15(m,1H),3.53-3.46(m,2H),2.71(s,3H),2.10(d,J=11.2Hz,2H),1.73-1.64(m,2H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:478.2(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 16 is referred to Example 1. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.75 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.84-6.76 (m, 2H), 6.25 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 5.69 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 2H), 4.18 - 4.15 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.71 ( s, 3H), 2.10 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 2H), 1.73-1.64 (m, 2H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 478.2 (M+1).
实施例17Example 17
实施例17的合成参考实施例16。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.68(d,J=3.6Hz,1H),7.41-7.29(m,2H),6.88-6.67(m,3H),6.21-6.08(m,1H),5.80-5.64(m,1H),4.61(s,4H),4.20-4.13(m,2H),4.12-3.94(m,4H),3.87-3.71(m,2H),2.15(br s,2H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:478.1(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 17 is referred to Example 16. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.68 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.29 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.67 (m, 3H), 6.21-6.08 (m, 1H) , 5.80-5.64 (m, 1H), 4.61 (s, 4H), 4.20-4.13 (m, 2H), 4.12-3.94 (m, 4H), 3.87-3.71 (m, 2H), 2.15 (br s, 2H) LCMS (ESI) m/z: 478.1 (M+1).
实施例18Example 18
实施例18的合成参考实施例16。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.68(s,1H),7.53(s,1H),7.44-7.34(m,1H),6.87-6.81(m,1H),6.81-6.71(m,1H),6.59-6.16(m,2H),5.86-5.70(m,1H),5.30-5.05(m,1H),4.77-4.54(m,3H),4.50-4.15(m,1H),4.00-3.59(m,3H),3.51-3.38(m,1H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:476.0(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 18 is referred to Example 16. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.68 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.34 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.81 (m, 1H), 6.81-6.71 (m, 1H), 6.59-6.16 (m, 2H), 5.86-5.70 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.05 (m, 1H), 4.77-4.54 (m, 3H), 4.50-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.00- 3.59 (m, 3H), 3.51-3.38 (m, 1H);
实施例19Example 19
将化合物19a(22.29毫克,134.59微摩尔),HOBt(9.09毫克,67.30微摩尔)和EDCI.HCl(12.90毫克,67.30微摩尔)溶于DMF(5毫升)中,氮气保护下向该溶液中加入TEA(6.81毫克,67.30微摩尔)和化合物2g(30毫克,67.30微摩尔),然后在25℃下搅拌反应2小时。将反应液用水(10毫升)淬灭,再用DCM(20毫升*2)萃取。合并有机相,经饱和食盐水洗涤(10毫升),无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤。滤液减压浓缩后得到粗产品。该粗产品先后经过制备的TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=10:1)和制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例19的甲酸盐。 1HNMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.80(s,1H),8.44(s,1H),7.44-7.35(m,1H),7.27(s,1H),6.87-6.74(m,4H),4.05-3.96(m,4H),3.96-3.86(m,4H),3.69-3.64(m,2H),2.68(s,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:521.1(M+1)。 Compound 19a (22.29 mg, 134.59 μmol), HOBt (9.09 mg, 67.30 μmol) and EDCI.HCl (12.90 mg, 67.30 μmol) were dissolved in DMF (5 mL). TEA (6.81 mg, 67.30 μmol) and compound 2g (30 mg, 67.30 μmol) were then stirred at 25 ° C for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with EtOAc EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude material. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (dichloromethane:methanol = 10:1) and preparative HPLC (formic acid) to give the formate salt of Example 19. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.87-6.74 (m, 4H), 4.05-3.96 (m, 4H), 3.96-3.86 (m, 4H), 3.69-3.64 (m, 2H), 2.68 (s, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 521.1 (M+1).
实施例20Example 20
第一步:first step:
向化合物20a(93.21克,567.69毫摩尔,93.97毫升,1.5当量)和氯化锌(2.58克,18.92毫摩尔,886.29微升,0.05当量)的醋酸酐(77.27克,756.92毫摩尔,70.89毫升,2当量)混合液中滴加丙二酸二甲酯(50克,378.46毫摩尔,43.48毫升,1当量),0.5小时内滴完。将上述反应液加热至140℃,搅拌1小时。将反应液减压浓缩,得到的残余物溶解在醋酸酐(80毫升)中,回流反应1小时。TLC(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=10:1)显示有新点生成。反应液浓缩,得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=10:1)纯化,得到化合物20b。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ7.45(d,J=12.0Hz,1H),7.11(d,J=12.4Hz,1H),6.25(t,J=12.4Hz,1H),3.82(s,2H),3.84-3.81(m,1H),3.76(d,J=4.0Hz,6H)。 To a solution of compound 20a (93.21 g, 567.69 mmol, 93.97 ml, 1.5 eq.) and zinc chloride (2.58 g, 18.92 mmol, 886.29 liters, 0.05 eq.) of acetic anhydride (77.27 g, 756.92 mmol, 70.89 ml, 2 equivalents of dimethyl malonate (50 g, 378.46 mmol, 43.48 ml, 1 equivalent) was added dropwise to the mixture, and the mixture was dropped over 0.5 hr. The reaction solution was heated to 140 ° C and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced vacuo. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 10:1) showed a new dot formation. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the obtained crystallijjjjjjjj 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ7.45 (d, J = 12.0Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 12.4Hz, 1H), 6.25 (t, J = 12.4Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s , 2H), 3.84-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.76 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 6H).
第二步:The second step:
向化合物20b(28.37克,141.70毫摩尔,1当量)和2-氟-6-甲氧基-苯胺(20克,141.70毫摩尔,1当量)的甲醇(150毫升)溶液中加入一水合对甲苯磺酸(2.70克,14.17毫摩尔,0.1当量),将上述混合物加热至80℃,搅拌12小时。LCMS检测到目标产物的MS。将反应液浓缩,得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=2:1)纯化,得到化合物20c。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ7.69-7.54 (m,2H),6.94-6.81(m,2H),6.74-6.59(m,2H),6.40(dt,J=12.4,2.4Hz,1H),3.83(s,3H),3.76(s,3H),3.71(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:278.0(M+1)。 To a solution of compound 20b (28.37 g, 141.70 mmol, 1 eq.) and 2-fluoro-6-methoxy-phenylamine (20 g, 141.70 mmol, 1 eq.) in methanol (150 mL) Sulfonic acid (2.70 g, 14.17 mmol, 0.1 equivalent), the mixture was heated to 80 ° C and stirred for 12 hours. LCMS detected the MS of the target product. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give crystals crystals crystals crystals 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ7.69-7.54 (m, 2H), 6.94-6.81 (m, 2H), 6.74-6.59 (m, 2H), 6.40 (dt, J = 12.4,2.4Hz, 1H ), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 278.0 (M+1).
第三步:third step:
化合物20d的合成参考化合物1f。The synthesis of compound 20d is based on compound 1f.
第四步:the fourth step:
化合物20e的合成参考化合物1g。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ7.97(d,J=7.0Hz,1H),7.59(s,1H),7.31(dt,J=8.4,6.4Hz,1H),6.86-6.67(m,3H),6.21(t,J=7.2Hz,1H),3.80-3.69(m,3H),1.49-1.36(m,9H)。 The synthesis of compound 20e refers to compound 1g. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ7.97 (d, J = 7.0Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.31 (dt, J = 8.4,6.4Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.67 (m, 3H), 6.21 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.69 (m, 3H), 1.49-1.36 (m, 9H).
第五步:the fifth step:
化合物20f的合成参考化合物1h。The synthesis of compound 20f is based on compound 1h.
第六步:The sixth step:
化合物20g的合成参考化合物1i。The synthesis of compound 20g is based on compound 1i.
第七步:Step 7:
化合物20h的合成参考化合物1j。The synthesis of compound 20h is based on compound 1j.
第八步:The eighth step:
将化合物20h(1.4克,5.40毫摩尔,1当量),甲酸(5.19克,108.01毫摩尔,20当量)和硫酸(1.59克,16.20毫摩尔,863.60微升,3当量)的混合物加热至100℃,搅拌0.5小时。TLC(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=1:1)显示有新点生成。将上述反应液倒入水(30毫升)中,用乙酸乙酯(30毫升*2)萃取。合并的有机相经无水硫酸钠干燥后过滤,滤液浓缩,得到化合物20i,为一粗品,不经纯化,可直接用于下一步。Heating a mixture of the compound 20 h (1.4 g, 5.40 mmol, 1 eq.), formic acid (5.19 g, 108.01 mmol, 20 eq.) and sulfuric acid (1.59 g, 16.20 mmol, 863.60 μl, 3 eq.) to 100 ° C Stir for 0.5 hours. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 1:1) showed a new dot formation. The reaction mixture was poured into water (30 mL) The combined organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered and evaporated.
第九步:The ninth step:
化合物20j的合成参考化合物2b。LCMS(ESI)m/z:274.0(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 20j is based on compound 2b. LCMS (ESI) m/z:21.
第十步:Step 10:
化合物20k的合成参考化合物2c。LCMS(ESI)m/z:316.2(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 20k is based on compound 2c. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 3121.
第十一步:The eleventh step:
化合物20l的合成参考化合物1m。The synthesis of compound 20l is based on compound 1m.
第十二步:Step 12:
化合物20m的合成参考化合物1n。LCMS(ESI)m/z:442.2(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 20m is based on compound 1n. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 4421.
第十三步:Step 13:
化合物20n的合成参考化合物1o。LCMS(ESI)m/z:342.2(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 20n is based on compound 1o. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 3421.
第十四步:Step 14:
实施例20的合成参考实施例1。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.73(s,1H),7.45-7.25(m,2H),6.95-6.75(m,4H),6.28(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.82(dd,J=10.6,2.0Hz,1H),3.90(s,8H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:396.1(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 20 is referred to Example 1. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.73 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.95-6.75 (m, 4H), 6.28 (dd, J = 16.8,2.0Hz, 1H) , 5.82 (dd, J = 10.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (s, 8H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 396.1 (M+1).
实施例21Example 21
第一步:first step:
向化合物1c(19.5克,80.84毫摩尔,1当量)的甲醇(100毫升)溶液中缓慢加入新制备的甲醇钠(由钠(2.23克,97.01毫摩尔,2.30毫升,1.2当量)和甲醇(100毫升)制备)。将反应混合物加热至70℃,反应16小时。LCMS显示原料反应完全并监测到目标产物的MS。将反应液浓缩,得到的残余物溶解在水(300毫升)中并在30℃下搅拌30分钟,然后用乙酸乙酯(200毫升)萃取。用35%的浓盐酸调节有机相pH至2,然后用乙酸乙酯(200毫升*3)萃取。将合并的有机相用饱和食盐水(100毫升)洗涤,经无水硫酸钠干燥后减压浓缩。在25℃下,将得到的残余物在石油醚:乙酸乙酯=1:2(30毫升)混合溶液搅拌16小时,过滤,滤饼真空干燥,得到化合物21a。LCMS(ESI)m/z:278.0(M+1)。To a solution of compound 1c (19.5 g, 80.84 mmol, 1 eq.) in MeOH (100 mL), EtOAc (EtOAc (EtOAc: EtOAc) ML) preparation). The reaction mixture was heated to 70 ° C and allowed to react for 16 hours. LCMS showed the starting material was completely reacted and the MS of the desired product was monitored. The reaction mixture was concentrated, EtOAc mjjjjjjjjj The pH of the organic phase was adjusted to 2 with 35% concentrated hydrochloric acid and then extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL*3). The combined organic layers were washed with EtOAc EtOAc. The obtained residue was stirred at a mixture of petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 1 : 2 (30 ml) for 16 hr, and filtered, and the filter cake was dried in vacuo to give Compound 21a. LCMS (ESI) m/z:21.
第二步:The second step:
化合物21b的合成参考化合物1g。LCMS(ESI)m/z:293.2(M+1-56)。The synthesis of compound 21b refers to compound 1g. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 299.
第三步:third step:
化合物21c的合成参考化合物1h。LCMS(ESI)m/z:249.2(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 21c is based on compound 1h. LCMS (ESI) m/z:21.21.
第四步:the fourth step:
化合物21d的合成参考化合物1i。LCMS(ESI)m/z:327.1(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 21d is based on compound 1i. LCMS (ESI) m.
第五步:the fifth step:
化合物21e的合成参考化合物1j。LCMS(ESI)m/z:274.3(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 21e is based on compound 1j. LCMS (ESI) m/z:21.21.
第六步:The sixth step:
化合物21f的合成参考化合物20i。LCMS(ESI)m/z:302.2(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 21f is based on compound 20i. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 3021.
第七步:Step 7:
化合物21g的合成参考化合物2b。 1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.10(s,1H),7.44-7.22(m,1H),6.96-6.78(m,2H),6.71(s,1H),2.01(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:288.1(M+1)。 The synthesis of compound 21g is based on compound 2b. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.22 (m, 1H), 6.96-6.78 (m, 2H), 6.71 (s, 1H), 2.01 (s, 3H) LCMS (ESI) m/z: 288.1 (M+1).
第八步:The eighth step:
化合物21h的合成参考化合物2c。LCMS(ESI)m/z:330.2(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 21h is based on compound 2c. LCMS (ESI) m.
第九步:The ninth step:
化合物21i的合成参考化合物1m。LCMS(ESI)m/z:344.0(M+1-35+31)。The synthesis of compound 21i is based on compound 1m. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 344.0 (M+
第十步:Step 10:
化合物21j的合成参考化合物1n。LCMS(ESI)m/z:456.4(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 21j is based on compound 1n. LCMS (ESI) m.
第十一步:The eleventh step:
化合物21k的合成参考化合物1o。LCMS(ESI)m/z:356.3(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 21k is based on compound 1o. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 35:21.
第十二步:Step 12:
实施例21的合成参考实施例1。1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.74-8.63(m,1H),8.68(s,1H),7.39(dt,J=8.4,6.6Hz,1H),6.93-6.79(m,3H),6.69(s,1H),6.29(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.89-5.78(m,1H),3.89(s,8H),2.17(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:410.0(M+1)。 Synthesis of Example 21 Reference Example 1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.74 - 8.63 (m, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 7.39 (dt, J = 8.4, 6.6 Hz, 1H) , 6.93-6.79 (m, 3H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J = 16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.89-5.78 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 8H), 2.17 (s , 3H); LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例22Example 22
在0℃且氮气保护下,向实施例2(20毫克,43.16微摩尔,1当量)和TEA(5毫克,49.41微摩尔,6.88微升,1.14当量)的DCM(2毫升)溶液中加入二甲氨基甲酰氯(5毫克,46.49微摩尔,4.27微升,1.08当量)。将上述反应液在0℃搅拌0.5小时。LCMS检测到目标产物生成。将反应液减压浓缩,得到的残余物通过制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例22。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.79(s,1H),7.69-7.60(m,1H),7.48-7.41(m,1H),7.33(s,1H),7.28-7.19(m,1H),6.88-6.78(m,1H),6.30(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.83(dd,J=10.6,1.9Hz,1H),4.09-3.96(m,4H),3.95-3.85(m,4H),2.89(s,3H),2.74(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:535.0(M+1)。 To a solution of Example 2 (20 mg, 43.16 μmol, 1 eq.) and TEA (5 mg, 49.41 μmol, 6.88 μL, 1.14 eq.) in DCM (2 mL) Methylcarbamoyl chloride (5 mg, 46.49 micromoles, 4.27 microliters, 1.08 equivalents). The above reaction solution was stirred at 0 ° C for 0.5 hour. The target product was detected by LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.79 (s, 1H), 7.69-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.19 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.30 (dd, J = 16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J = 10.6, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09-3.96 (m, 4H), 3.95 - 3.85 (m, 4H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.74 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例23Example 23
实施例23的合成参考实施例4。 1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ7.40-7.28(m,1H),7.01(s,1H),6.90-6.76(m,3H),6.17(dd,J=16.8,2.4Hz,1H),5.83-5.66(m,1H),4.95-4.79(m,2H),4.86(br d,J=12.0Hz,1H),3.88-3.48(m,8H),3.04-2.91(m,4H),2.78(br s,5H),1.92(br d,J=11.2Hz,2H),1.47(br d,J=8.8Hz,2H),1.09(br t,J=7.2Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:618.5(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 23 is referred to Example 4. 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO- d 6) δ7.40-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.76 (m, 3H), 6.17 (dd, J = 16.8,2.4Hz, 1H ), 5.83-5.66 (m, 1H), 4.95-4.79 (m, 2H), 4.86 (br d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 3.88-3.48 (m, 8H), 3.04-2.91 (m, 4H) , 2.78 (br s, 5H), 1.92 (br d, J = 11.2 Hz, 2H), 1.47 (br d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 1.09 (br t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); LCMS ( ESI) m/z: 618.5 (M + 1).
实施例24Example 24
实施例24的合成参考实施例4。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ7.23(br d,J=6.8Hz,1H),6.93(s,1H),6.80(br d,J=7.9Hz,1H),6.67(br t,J=8.3Hz,1H),6.57(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.41-6.28(m,1H),5.83-5.71(m,1H),3.81-3.65(m,9H),3.52(br s,2H),2.96-2.75(m,7H),2.65-2.47(m,2H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:578.4(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 24 was referred to Example 4. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.23 (brd, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.80 (brd, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (brt, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.41-6.28 (m, 1H), 5.83-5.71 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.65 (m, 9H), 3.52 ( Br s, 2H), 2.96-2.75 (m, 7H), 2.65-2.47 (m, 2H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 578.4 (M+1).
实施例25Example 25
实施例25的合成参考实施例1和实施例20。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.79(s,1H),7.33-7.20(m,2H),6.91-6.74(m,3H),6.30(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.83(dd,J=10.8,2.0Hz,1H),4.00(br s,4H),3.91(br s,4H),2.09(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:460.3(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 25 is referred to Example 1 and Example 20. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.79 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.20 (m, 2H), 6.91-6.74 (m, 3H), 6.30 (dd, J = 16.8,2.0Hz, 1H) , 5.83 (dd, J = 10.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (br s, 4H), 3.91 (br s, 4H), 2.09 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 460.3 (M+ 1).
实施例26Example 26
化合物26a的合成参考实施例1。LCMS(ESI)m/z:503.2(M+1)。The synthesis of compound 26a is referred to in Example 1. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 5021.
将化合物26a(1.1克,2.19毫摩尔)溶于乙醇(10毫升)和水(5毫升)中,向该溶液中加入铁粉(611.36克,10.95毫摩尔)和氯化铵(1.17克,21.89毫摩尔),然后在70℃下搅拌1小时。LCMS显示监控到目标产物。混合物用硅藻土过滤,滤饼用水(20毫升*2)洗涤,混合后的滤液用DCM(40毫升*3)萃取,合并的有机层经饱和食盐水洗涤(100毫升*2),无水硫酸钠(50克)干燥,过滤,浓缩后,得到粗产品。该产品经制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例26。 1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.75(s,1H),7.19(s,1H),6.90(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),6.78(dd,J=10.4,16.4Hz,1H),6.71(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),6.17(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.72(dd,J=10.4,2.0Hz,1H),3.88-3.86(m,4H),3.79(br d,J=13.6Hz,4H),1.82(s,3H),1.72(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:473.3(M+1)。 Compound 26a (1.1 g, 2.19 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (10 ml) and water (5 ml), and iron powder (611.36 g, 10.95 mmol) and ammonium chloride (1.17 g, 21.89) were added to the solution. Millimol), then stirred at 70 ° C for 1 hour. LCMS showed that the target product was monitored. The mixture was filtered over celite, and the filtered cake was washed with water (20 ml*2). Sodium sulfate (50 g) was dried, filtered and concentrated to give a crude material. This product was purified by preparative HPLC (carboxylic acid) to afford Example 26. 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO- d 6) δ8.75 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, J = 8.0Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J = 10.4,16.4Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (dd, J = 16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (dd, J = 10.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.88-3.86 (m, 4H) ), 3.79 (br d, J = 13.6 Hz, 4H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.72 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 473.3 (M+1).
实施例27和实施例28Example 27 and Example 28
第一步:first step:
将化合物27a(500毫克,8.12毫摩尔),乙酸酐(209.92毫克,2.06毫摩尔)、18-冠-6(27.17毫克,102.81毫摩尔)和醋酸钾(100.9毫克,1.03毫摩尔)溶于氯仿(10毫升)中,在25℃下搅拌15分钟,然后加入亚硝酸异戊酯(361.32毫克,3.08毫摩尔),该混合物在75℃下搅拌18小时。LCMS显示有目标产物生成,TLC(乙酸乙酯:甲醇=20:1)显示反应完全,混合物通过减压浓缩得到粗品,溶于乙酸乙酯(30毫升),用饱和碳酸氢钠(15毫升*3)萃取,合并的有机层经饱和食盐水洗涤(20毫升*1),无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,浓缩后,得到粗产品。该产品经柱层析(乙酸乙酯:甲醇=1:0至20:1)纯化,得到的残余物通过制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例27。 1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.82(s,1H),8.45(s,1H),8.37(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.70(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),7.26(s,1H),6.91-6.78(m,1H),6.19(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.80-5.70(m,1H),3.95-3.73(m,8H),2.73(s,3H),2.18(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:484.2(M+1)。 Compound 27a (500 mg, 8.12 mmol), acetic anhydride (209.92 mg, 2.06 mmol), 18-crown-6 (27.17 mg, 102.81 mmol) and potassium acetate (100.9 mg, 1.03 mmol) were dissolved in chloroform. (10 ml) was stirred at 25 ° C for 15 minutes, then isoamyl nitrite (361.32 mg, 3.08 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 75 ° C for 18 hours. The title product was obtained by EtOAc (EtOAc:EtOAc:EtOAc: 3) Extraction, the combined organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL······· This product was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate:methanol = 1:1 to 20:1). 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO- d 6) δ8.82 (s, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 8.8Hz, 1H) , 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.91-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.19 (dd, J = 16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.80-5.70 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.73 (m, 8H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m.
第二步:The second step:
将实施例27(150毫克,250.46微摩尔)溶于甲醇(3毫升)中,向该溶液中加入盐酸溶液(0.66毫升)溶于水(0.66毫升)的混合溶液,然后在25℃下搅拌30分钟。LCMS显示有目标产物生成,混合物通过浓缩得到粗产品,经制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例28。 1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ8.80(s,1H),7.88(s,1H),7.62(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.39(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.23(s,1H),6.84(dd,J=16.8,10.4Hz,1H),6.18(dd,J=16.8,2.4Hz,1H),5.75(dd,J=10.4,2.0Hz,1H),3.92(br s,4H),3.87-3.74(m,4H),2.12(s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:526.2(M+1)。 Example 27 (150 mg, 250.46 μmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 ml), and a solution of hydrochloric acid (0.66 ml) dissolved in water (0.66 ml) was added to the solution, followed by stirring at 25 ° C 30 minute. LCMS showed the title product was formed, and the mixture was concentrated to give a crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC (carboxylic acid) to afford Example 28. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 8.80 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H) , 7.23 (s, 1H), 6.84 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (dd, J = 16.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J = 10.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (br s, 4H), 3.87-3.74 (m, 4H), 2.12 (s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 526.2 (M+1).
实施例29、实施例30和实施例31Example 29, Example 30 and Example 31
实施例29的合成参考实施例26。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.78(s,1H),7.28-7.16(m,2H),6.83(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.66(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),6.49-6.42(m,1H),6.29(dd,J=16.8,1.9Hz,1H),5.82(dd,J=10.6,2.0Hz,1H),4.05-3.95(m,4H),3.94-3.86(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:463.2(M+1)。 The synthesis of Example 29 is referred to Example 26. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.78 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.83 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J = 8.4 Hz) , 1H), 6.49-6.42 (m, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J = 16.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J = 10.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.95 (m, 4H), 3.94-3.86 (m, 4H); LCMS (ESI) m.
将实施例29经SFC(柱型号:Chiralpak AS-350×4.6mm I.D.,3μm;流动相A:甲醇(含0.05%的二乙胺);流动相B:二氧化碳;流速:3mL/min;波长:220nm)分离纯化后得到实施例30(t R=1.45min)和实施例31(t R=1.76min)。 Example 29 was subjected to SFC (column model: Chiralpak AS-350 x 4.6 mm ID, 3 μm; mobile phase A: methanol (containing 0.05% diethylamine); mobile phase B: carbon dioxide; flow rate: 3 mL/min; wavelength: After isolation and purification at 220 nm), Example 30 (t R = 1.45 min) and Example 31 (t R = 1.76 min) were obtained.
实施例30: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.78(s,1H),7.28-7.17(m,2H),6.83(dd,J=16.7,10.6Hz,1H),6.66(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),6.45(t,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.34-6.26(m,1H),5.87-5.79(m,1H),4.04-3.95(m,4H),3.94-3.85(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:463.2(M+1)。 Example 30: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.78 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.83 (dd, J = 16.7, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.34-6.26 (m, 1H), 5.87-5.79 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.95 (m, 4H), 3.94-3.85 (m, 4H); LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例31: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.66(s,1H),7.15-7.04(m,2H),6.71(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.54(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),6.33(t,J=8.9Hz,1H),6.22-6.13(m,1H),5.76-5.62(m,1H),3.90-3.83(m,4H),3.82-3.73(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:463.2(M+1)。 Example 31: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.71 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.22-6.13 (m, 1H), 5.76-5.62 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.82-3.73 (m, 4H); LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例32和实施例33Example 32 and Example 33
化合物32a的合成参考实施例1、实施例2和实施例26。化合物32a经SFC(柱型号:Chiralpak AS-350×4.6mm I.D.,3μm;流动相A:甲醇(含0.05%的二乙胺);流动相B:二氧化碳;流速:3mL/min;波长:220nm)分离纯化后得到实施例32(t R=2.03min)和实施例33(t R=2.50min)。 The synthesis of compound 32a is referred to Example 1, Example 2 and Example 26. Compound 32a was subjected to SFC (column model: Chiralpak AS-350 x 4.6 mm ID, 3 μm; mobile phase A: methanol (containing 0.05% diethylamine); mobile phase B: carbon dioxide; flow rate: 3 mL/min; wavelength: 220 nm) After separation and purification, Example 32 (t R = 2.03 min) and Example 33 (t R = 2.50 min) were obtained.
实施例32: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.13-6.98(m,2H),6.70(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.53(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),6.32(t,J=8.7Hz,1H),6.16(d,J=16.6Hz,1H),5.70(d,J=10.8Hz,1H),4.25-4.12(m,2H),4.03-3.88(m,2H),3.80-3.67(m,8H),3.64-3.56(m,1H),2.53(q,J=6.9Hz,4H),0.96(t,J=7.1Hz,6H); Example 32: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.13 - 6.98 (m, 2H), 6.70 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H) , 6.32 (t, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.25 - 4.12 (m, 2H), 4.03-3.88 ( m, 2H), 3.80-3.67 (m, 8H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 1H), 2.53 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 4H), 0.96 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 6H);
LCMS(ESI)m/z:589.4(M+1)。LCMS (ESI) m/z: 58:21.
实施例33: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.13-6.97(m,2H),6.70(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.53(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),6.32(t,J=8.8Hz,1H),6.16(d,J=16.8Hz,1H),5.69(d,J=10.6Hz,1H),4.25-4.12(m,2H),4.03-3.90(m,2H),3.80-3.67(m,8H),3.64-3.56(m,1H),2.53(q,J=6.9Hz,4H),0.96(t,J=7.0Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:589.4(M+1)。 Example 33: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.13 - 6.97 (m, 2H), 6.70 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H) , 6.32 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (d, J = 10.6 Hz, 1H), 4.25 - 4.12 (m, 2H), 4.03 - 3.90 ( m, 2H), 3.80-3.67 (m, 8H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 1H), 2.53 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 4H), 0.96 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 589.4 (M + 1).
实施例34、实施例35和实施例36Example 34, Example 35, and Example 36
参考实施例2和实施例26合成得到实施例34的甲酸盐。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.50(br s, 1H),7.22(s,1H),6.99(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),6.87-6.76(m,2H),6.29(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.85-5.77(m,1H),4.45-4.32(m,2H),4.17(dd,J=9.6,5.6Hz,2H),3.97-3.83(m,9H),2.82(q,J=7.2Hz,4H),1.93(s,3H),1.86(s,3H),1.16(t,J=7.2Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:599.2(M+1)。 The formate salt of Example 34 was synthesized by referring to Example 2 and Example 26. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.50 (br s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.76 (m, 2H), 6.29 ( Dd, J = 16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.85-5.77 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.17 (dd, J = 9.6, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.97-3.83 (m, 9H), 2.82 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.16 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 599.2 (M+1).
实施例34通过SFC(柱型号:Chiralpak AS-350×4.6mm I.D.,3μm;流动相A:甲醇(含0.05%的二乙胺);流动相B:二氧化碳;流速:3mL/min;波长:220nm)分离纯化得到实施例35(t R=2.41min)和 Example 34 by SFC (column model: Chiralpak AS-350 x 4.6 mm ID, 3 μm; mobile phase A: methanol (containing 0.05% diethylamine); mobile phase B: carbon dioxide; flow rate: 3 mL/min; wavelength: 220 nm Separation and purification gave Example 35 (t R = 2.41 min) and
实施例36(t R=3.04min)。 Example 36 (t R = 3.04 min).
实施例35: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.22(s,1H),6.99(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),6.88-6.74(m,2H),6.29(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.82(dd,J=10.8,2.0Hz,1H),4.40-4.23(m,2H),4.11(br d,J=9.6Hz,2H),3.96-3.73(m,9H),2.73(br d,J=7.2Hz,4H),1.93(s,3H),1.86(s,3H),1.18-1.16(m,1H),1.18-1.08(m,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:590.3(M+1)。 Example 35: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.22 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.88-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.29 (dd, J = 16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J = 10.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.23 (m, 2H), 4.11 (br d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 3.96-3.73 (m, 9H), 2.73 (br d, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.18-1.16 (m, 1H), 1.18-1.08 (m, 6H); LCMS ( ESI) m/z: 590.3 (M + 1).
实施例36: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.22(s,1H),6.99(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),6.88-6.74(m,2H),6.29(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.82(dd,J=10.8,2.0Hz,1H),4.40-4.23(m,2H),4.11(br d,J=9.6Hz,2H),3.96-3.73(m,9H),2.73(br d,J=7.2Hz,4H),1.93(s,3H),1.86(s,3H),1.18-1.16(m,1H),1.18-1.08(m,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:590.3(M+1)。 Example 36: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.22 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.88-6.74 (m, 2H), 6.29 (dd, J = 16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J = 10.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.23 (m, 2H), 4.11 (br d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 3.96-3.73 (m, 9H), 2.73 (br d, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.18-1.16 (m, 1H), 1.18-1.08 (m, 6H); LCMS ( ESI) m/z: 590.3 (M + 1).
实施例37Example 37
向实施例34(40毫克,66.82微摩尔,1当量)的氯仿(1毫升)溶液中加入醋酸(12.04毫克,200.45微摩尔,11.46微升,3当量),得到的混合物在0℃搅拌1小时,然后向上述反应液中加入醋酸钾(1.97毫克,20.04微摩尔,0.3当量)和亚硝酸异戊酯(15.65毫克,133.63微摩尔,17.99微升,2当量)。将上述混合物在0℃搅拌0.5小时,然后升至25℃搅拌1.4小时。TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=12:1)显示原料反应完全,且LCMS检测到目标化合物的MS。将反应液用饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液(25毫升)淬灭,然后用乙酸乙酯(10毫升*3)萃取。将合并的有机相用饱和食盐水(10毫升*2)洗涤,经无水硫酸钠干燥后浓缩。得到的残余物通过制备的TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=12:1)纯化,得到的粗产物再通过制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例37。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.77(s,1H),7.65(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.44(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),7.26(s,1H),6.84(dd,J=16.8,10.8Hz,1H),6.29(dd,J=16.8,2.0Hz,1H),5.83(dd,J=10.8,2.0Hz,1H),4.63(br s,4H),4.42-4.29(m,2H),4.14(dd,J=5.2,9.6Hz,2H),3.90-3.847(m,9H),2.77(q,J=7.2Hz,4H),2.20(s,3H),1.13(t,J=7.2Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:610.4(M+1)。 To a solution of Example 34 (40 mg, 66.82 <RTI ID=0.0></RTI></RTI><RTIgt;</RTI><RTIgt; Then, potassium acetate (1.97 mg, 20.04 μmol, 0.3 equivalent) and isoamyl nitrite (15.65 mg, 133.63 μmol, 17.99 μl, 2 equivalent) were added to the above reaction solution. The mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 0.5 hours and then at 25 ° C for 1.4 hours. TLC (dichloromethane:methanol = 12:1) showed that the starting material was completely reacted, and MS MS of the target compound was detected by LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with EtOAc EtOAc. The combined organic phases were washed with brine (10 mL EtOAc) The residue obtained was purified by preparative EtOAc (MeOH:MeOH:EtOAc) 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ7.77 (s, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.0Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.8Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 6.84 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.8 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J = 16.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J = 10.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (br s, 4H), 4.42-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.14 (dd, J = 5.2, 9.6 Hz, 2H), 3.90-3.847 (m, 9H), 2.77 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H), 2.20 (s, 3H) , 1.13 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例38Example 38
参考实施例1、实施例2和实施例26合成得到实施例38的甲酸盐。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.28(br s,1H),7.26-7.11(m,2H),6.82(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.66(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),6.45(t,J=8.9Hz,1H),6.28(dd,J=16.7,1.8Hz,1H),5.82(dd,J=10.6,1.7Hz,1H),4.48-4.34(m,2H),4.21(br dd,J=10.2,4.8Hz,2H),3.86(br s,8H),3.78-3.66(m,1H),2.59(s,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:561.4(M+1)。 The formate salt of Example 38 was obtained by the synthesis of Reference Example 1, Example 2 and Example 26. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.28 (br s, 1H), 7.26-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.82 (dd, J = 16.8,10.6Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (t, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (dd, J = 16.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (dd, J = 10.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.48-4.34 (m , 2H), 4.21 (br dd, J = 10.2, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.86 (br s, 8H), 3.78-3.66 (m, 1H), 2.59 (s, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z : 561.4 (M+1).
实施例39Example 39
参考实施例1、实施例2和实施例26合成实施例39的甲酸盐。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.43(br s,1H),7.30-7.14(m,2H),6.83(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.68(br d,J=8.4Hz,1H),6.47(br t,J=8.9Hz,1H),6.30(br d,J=16.9Hz,1H),5.83(br d,J=10.7Hz,1H),4.01-3.85(m,10H),3.42(br d,J=4.9Hz,2H),3.35(s,3H),2.92(s,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:563.1(M+1)。 The formate salt of Example 39 was synthesized by reference to Example 1, Example 2 and Example 26. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.43 (br s, 1H), 7.30-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.83 (dd, J = 16.8, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (brd, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (br t, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (br d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (br d, J = 10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.85 (m , 10H), 3.42 (br d, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 2.92 (s, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 563.1 (M+1).
实施例40Example 40
参考实施例2和实施例26合成实施例40的甲酸盐。 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.43(br s,1H),7.20(s,1H),7.11(t,J=7.8Hz,1H),6.83(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.73(d,J=7.5Hz,1H),6.63(d,J=7.3Hz,1H),6.29(dd,J=16.8,1.8Hz,1H),5.87-5.74(m,1H),4.46-4.32(m,2H),4.21(dd,J=10.0,5.6Hz,2H),4.10-3.92(m,1H),3.87(br s,8H),2.93(q,J=7.2Hz,4H),1.97(s,3H),1.20(t,J=7.3Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:585.2(M+1)。 The formate salt of Example 40 was synthesized by reference to Example 2 and Example 26. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.43 (br s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.11 (t, J = 7.8Hz, 1H), 6.83 (dd, J = 16.8,10.6Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (dd, J = 16.8, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.87-5.74 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.21 (dd, J = 10.0, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.10-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.87 (br s, 8H), 2.93 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H) ), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.20 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 585.2 (M+1).
实施例41和实施例42Example 41 and Example 42
将实施例32(102.32毫克,164.07微摩尔,1当量,t R=2.03min)溶于乙腈(15毫升)中,然后加入NCS(28.48毫克,213.29微摩尔,1.3当量),将所得到的反应液在70℃搅拌13小时。LCMS监测到目标产物生成。加入水(20毫升)淬灭反应,用EtOAc(30毫升*2)萃取,有机相经无水硫酸钠干燥后,过滤浓缩。所得到的粗产品经制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到的混合物进一步由制备的TLC(二氯乙烷:甲醇=10:1)纯化,得到实施例41和实施例42。 In Example 32 (102.32 mg, 164.07 [mu] mol, 1 eq., T R = 2.03min) was dissolved in acetonitrile (15 mL) was added NCS (28.48 mg, 213.29 mol, 1.3 eq.), The resultant reaction The solution was stirred at 70 ° C for 13 hours. The target product was monitored by LCMS. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc m. The obtained crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (carboxylic acid), and the obtained mixture was further purified from the obtained TLC (dichloroethane:methanol = 10:1) to give Example 41 and Example 42.
实施例41: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.26(dd,J=8.93,5.62Hz,1H),7.03(s,1H),6.71(dd,J=16.87,10.64Hz,1H),6.38(t,J=8.99Hz,1H),6.17(dd,J=16.81,1.90Hz,1H),5.63-5.76(m,1H),4.20(br t,J=8.01Hz,2H),3.98(br d,J=5.50Hz,2H),3.55-3.81(m,9H),2.57(q,J=7.09Hz,4H);0.98(t,J=7.15Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:623.4(M+1)。 Example 41: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 7.26 (dd, J = 8.93, 5.62 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J = 16.87, 10.64 Hz, 1H) , 6.38 (t, J = 8.99 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (dd, J = 16.81, 1.90 Hz, 1H), 5.63-5.76 (m, 1H), 4.20 (br t, J = 8.01 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (br d, J = 5.50 Hz, 2H), 3.55 - 3.81 (m, 9H), 2.57 (q, J = 7.09 Hz, 4H); 0.98 (t, J = 7.15 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m /z: 623.4 (M+1).
实施例42: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.14(t,J=8.56Hz,1H),7.04(s,1H),6.71(dd,J=16.75,10.64Hz,1H),6.53(dd,J=8.99,1.53Hz,1H),6.17(dd,J=16.75,1.83Hz,1H),5.70(dd,J=10.64,1.83Hz,1H),4.18-4.34(m,2H),3.94-4.11(m,2H),2.70(br s,4H),1.04(br t,J=7.09Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:563.1(M+1)。 Example 42: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ7.14 (t, J = 8.56Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J = 16.75,10.64Hz, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J=8.99, 1.53 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (dd, J=16.75, 1.83 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (dd, J=10.64, 1.83 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.34 (m, 2H), 3.94-4.11 (m, 2H), 2.70 (br s, 4H), 1.04 (brt, J = 7.09 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 563.1 (M+1).
实施例43、实施例44和实施例45Example 43, Example 44 and Example 45
第一步:first step:
在30分钟内向化合物32a(5.5克,8.67毫摩尔,1当量)的乙腈(70毫升)溶液中逐滴加入NCS (1.39克,10.41毫摩尔,1.2当量),将得到的混合物在80℃下搅拌15.5小时。HPLC显示46.86%的原料剩余,34.22%的目标产物生成。向反应体系中再加入NCS(694.75毫克,5.201毫摩尔,0.6当量),得到的混合物在80℃下搅拌2小时。HPLC显示4.11%的原料剩余,53.36%的目标产物生成。上述反应液用水(20毫升)淬灭,浓缩的残余物用二氯乙烷(200毫升)溶解、过滤,滤液用水(50毫升)洗涤干燥,得到的粗品通过硅胶柱层析(二氯乙烷:甲醇=50:1至20:1)纯化,得到化合物43a。NCS (1.39 g, 10.41 mmol, 1.2 eq.) was added dropwise to a solution of compound 32a (5.5 g, 8.67 mmol, 1 eq. 15.5 hours. HPLC showed 46.86% of the remaining material and 34.22% of the target product was formed. Further, NCS (694.75 mg, 5.201 mmol, 0.6 equivalent) was added to the reaction mixture, and the obtained mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 2 hours. HPLC showed 4.11% of the remaining material and 53.36% of the target product was formed. The reaction mixture was quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. Purification with methanol = 50:1 to 20:1) gave compound 43a.
第二步:The second step:
向化合物43a(200毫克,241.56微摩尔,1当量)的乙腈(10毫升)溶液中逐滴加入NCS(64.51毫克,483.11微摩尔,2当量),将得到的混合物在80℃下搅拌1小时。HPLC显示原料剩余。将混合物在80℃下继续搅拌12小时。TLC(二氯乙烷:甲醇=10:1)显示原料反应完全,有目标产物生成。将上述反应液用(100毫升)淬灭,用二氯甲烷(40毫升*3)萃取,将合并的有机相用饱和食盐水(100毫升)洗涤,经无水硫酸钠干燥后,过滤,浓缩。得到的粗品通过制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例43。LCMS(ESI)m/z:657.2(M+1)。NCS (64.51 mg, 483.11 μmol, 2 eq.) was added dropwise to a solution of compound 43a (200 mg, 241. HPLC showed the remaining material. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for further 12 hours. TLC (dichloroethane:methanol = 10:1) showed that the starting material was completely reacted and the desired product was formed. The reaction mixture was quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. . The obtained crude product was purified by preparative HPLC (carboxylic acid) to afford Example 43. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 6521.
第三步:third step:
将实施例43经SFC手性拆分(柱型号:Cellucoat 50×4.6mm I.D.,3um;流动相A:乙醇(含0.1%的氨水)流动相B:二氧化碳;流速:3mL/min;波长:220nm)得到实施例44(t R=2.155min)和实施例45(t R=2.361min)。 Example 43 was chirally resolved by SFC (column model: Cellucoat 50 x 4.6 mm ID, 3 um; mobile phase A: ethanol (containing 0.1% aqueous ammonia) mobile phase B: carbon dioxide; flow rate: 3 mL/min; wavelength: 220 nm ) obtained in Example 44 (t R = 2.155min) and Example 45 (t R = 2.361min).
实施例44: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.41(br d,J=7.2Hz,1H),7.04(s,1H),6.70(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.16(d,J=16.4Hz,1H),5.69(d,J=10.4Hz,1H),4.17(d,J=7.6Hz,2H),3.97(s,2H),3.73(d,J=8.8Hz,8H),3.65-3.54(m,1H),2.53(q,J=7.2Hz,4H),0.96(br t,J=7.2Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:657.2(M+1)。 Example 44: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ7.41 (br d, J = 7.2Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.70 (dd, J = 16.8,10.6Hz, 1H), 6.16 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (s, 2H), 3.73 (d, J = 8.8) Hz, 8H), 3.65-3.54 (m, 1H), 2.53 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H), 0.96 (br t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 657.2 (M +1).
实施例45: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ7.41(br d,J=7.2Hz,1H),7.04(s,1H),6.70(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.16(d,J=16.4Hz,1H),5.69(d,J=10.8Hz,1H),4.18(d,J=7.6Hz,2H),3.97(s,2H),3.73(d,J=8.8Hz,8H),3.65-3.54(m,1H),2.53(q,J=7.2Hz,4H),0.96(br t,J=7.2Hz,6H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:657.2(M+1)。 Example 45: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ7.41 (br d, J = 7.2Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.70 (dd, J = 16.8,10.6Hz, 1H), 6.16 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (s, 2H), 3.73 (d, J = 8.8) Hz, 8H), 3.65-3.54 (m, 1H), 2.53 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 4H), 0.96 (br t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 657.2 (M +1).
实施例46Example 46
向实施例8(400毫克,678.45微摩尔,1当量)的醋酸(10毫升)溶液中逐滴加入NCS(181.19毫克,1.36毫摩尔,2当量),将得到的混合物在15℃下搅拌3小时。LC-MS显示原料剩余且有目标产 物生成。TLC(二氯乙烷:甲醇=10:1)显示原料反应完全,有三个新点生成。上述反应液用饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液(500毫升)淬灭,用乙酸乙酯(30毫升*3)萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水(50毫升*2)洗涤,再用无水硫酸钠干燥,得到的混合物通过制备的TLC(二氯乙烷:甲醇=10:1)纯化,得到的粗品再用制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例46。LCMS(ESI)m/z:658.0(M+1)。NCS (181.19 mg, 1.36 mmol, 2 eq.) was added dropwise to a solution of <RTI ID=0.0>#</RTI> </RTI> <RTIgt; . LC-MS showed that the starting material remained and the target product was formed. TLC (dichloroethane:methanol = 10:1) showed that the starting material was completely reacted and three new points were formed. The reaction mixture was stirred with EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc. The obtained mixture was purified by preparative TLC (dichloroethane:methanol = 10:1). LCMS (ESI) m/z: 65:21.
实施例47和实施例48Example 47 and Example 48
向实施例30(150毫克,316.04微摩尔,1当量,t R=1.45min)的乙腈(8毫升)溶液中在氮气保护下加入NCS(33.76毫克,252.83微摩尔,0.8当量),将得到的混合物在70℃下搅拌1小时。LC-MS显示目标产物已生成,且TLC显示有新点生成。将上述反应液倒入水(30毫升)中,水相用二氯甲烷(50毫升*3)萃取,将合并得到的有机层经饱和食盐水(20毫升)洗涤,经无水硫酸钠(30克)干燥,过滤浓缩。得到的残余物通过制备的TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=12:1)纯化,得到的粗品再通过制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例47和实施例48。 To a solution of Example 30 (150 mg, 316.04 [mu] mol, 1 eq., T = 1.45min R) in acetonitrile (8 mL) under nitrogen was added NCS (33.76 mg, 252.83 mol, 0.8 eq.) And the resulting The mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 1 hour. LC-MS showed that the target product was generated and TLC showed a new spot. The reaction mixture was poured into water (30 ml), EtOAc (EtOAc) Gram), concentrated by filtration. The residue obtained was purified by preparative EtOAc (MeOH:MeOH:EtOAc)
实施例47: 1HNMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.66(s,1H),7.28(dd,J=5.6,8.9Hz,1H),7.16(s,1H),6.71(dd,J=16.8,10.6Hz,1H),6.40(t,J=9.0Hz,1H),6.17(dd,J=16.8,1.2Hz,1H),5.76-5.64(m,1H),3.92-3.84(m,4H),3.82-3.73(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:497.3(M+1)。 Example 47: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 7.28 (dd, J = 5.6, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J = 16.8) , 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (dd, J = 16.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.76-5.64 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.84 (m, 4H) </ RTI> 3.82-3.73 (m, 4H);
实施例48: 1HNMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.78(br s,1H),7.35-7.20(m,2H),6.83(br dd,J=16.8,11.4Hz,1H),6.66(br d,J=8.2Hz,1H),6.29(br d,J=16.9Hz,1H),5.82(br d,J=10.3Hz,1H),4.06-3.95(m,4H),3.94-3.82(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:497.1(M+1)。 Example 48: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.78 (br s, 1H), 7.35-7.20 (m, 2H), 6.83 (br dd, J = 16.8, 11.4 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (br) d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.29 (br d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (br d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 4.06 - 3.95 (m, 4H), 3.94 - 3.82 (m , 4H); LCMS (ESI) m.
实施例49Example 49
在氮气保护下,向实施例30或31(100毫克,210.69微摩尔,1当量,t R=1.45min)的乙腈(5毫升)溶液中加入NCS(28.13毫克,210.69微摩尔,1当量),将得到的混合物在15℃下搅拌2小时。LC-MS显示原料未反应完全。然后将混合物在70℃下搅拌2小时。LC-MS显示检测到产物。将上述反 应液倒入水(30毫升)中,水相用二氯甲烷(50毫升*3)萃取,合并得到的有机层经饱和食盐水(20毫升)洗涤,经无水硫酸钠(30克)干燥后,过滤浓缩。得到的残余物通过制备的HPLC(甲酸)纯化,得到实施例49。 1HNMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.80(s,1H),7.56(br d,J=7.2Hz,1H),7.30(s,1H),6.83(br dd,J=16.6,10.6Hz,1H),6.30(br d,J=16.6Hz,1H),5.83(br d,J=10.6Hz,1H),4.06-3.95(m,4H),3.95-3.83(m,4H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:531.2(M+1)。 Under nitrogen atmosphere, to acetonitrile (5 ml) Example 30 or 31 (100 mg, 210.69 [mu] mol, 1 eq., T R = 1.45min) was added NCS (28.13 mg, 210.69 [mu] mol, 1 eq.) Was added, The resulting mixture was stirred at 15 ° C for 2 hours. LC-MS showed the starting material was not completely reacted. The mixture was then stirred at 70 ° C for 2 hours. LC-MS showed the product was detected. The reaction mixture was poured into water (30 ml), EtOAc (EtOAc m. After drying, it was concentrated by filtration. The residue obtained was purified by preparative HPLC (carboxylic acid) to afford Example 49. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.80 (s, 1H), 7.56 (brd, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 6.83 (br dd, J = 16.6, 10.6 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (br d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (br d, J = 10.6 Hz, 1H), 4.06 - 3.95 (m, 4H), 3.95 - 3.83 (m, 4H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 531.2 (M+1).
实施例50Example 50
将化合物2h(800毫克,1.73毫摩尔,1当量)溶于乙酸(30毫升)中,然后加入NCS(691.59毫克,5.18毫摩尔,3当量),将所得到的反应液在25℃搅拌36小时。LCMS监测到目标产物生成。加入水(100毫升)淬灭反应,用乙酸乙酯(200毫升)萃取,有机相依次用水(100毫升*3)、饱和食盐水(100毫升)和饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液(100毫升)洗涤,经无水硫酸钠干燥后,过滤浓缩。所得到的粗产品经制备的HPLC(甲酸)分离后得到实施例50。 1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ11.37(br s,1H),8.90-8.73(m,1H),7.96(br s,1H),7.22(s,1H),6.83(dd,J=16.7,10.5Hz,1H),6.18(dd,J=16.8,2.3Hz,1H),5.85-5.62(m,1H),3.99-3.70(m,8H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:532.2(M+1)。 The compound 2h (800 mg, 1.73 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in EtOAc (30 mL), then NCS (691.59 mg, 5. . The target product was monitored by LCMS. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. After drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate, it was concentrated by filtration. The obtained crude product was separated by preparative HPLC (carboxylic acid) to give Example 50. 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO- d 6) δ11.37 (br s, 1H), 8.90-8.73 (m, 1H), 7.96 (br s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 6.83 (dd, J = 16.7, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (dd, J = 16.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.85-5.62 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.70 (m, 8H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 532.2 (M+1).
实施例51和实施例52Example 51 and Example 52
第一步:first step:
参考实施例29合成化合物51a。LCMS(ESI)m/z:477.1(M+1)。Compound 51a was synthesized by reference to Example 29. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 477.1
第二步:The second step:
向化合物51a(340毫克,713.65微摩尔,1当量)的乙腈(10毫升)溶液中加入NCS(200.12毫克,1.50毫摩尔,2.1当量),得到的混合物加热至90℃反应2小时。LC-MS和HPLC显示原料转化完全,并检测的目标产物生成。加入饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液(50毫升)淬灭反应,用乙酸乙酯(30毫升*3)萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水(50毫升)洗涤,经无水硫酸钠干燥后,过滤浓缩。所得到的粗产品经制备的HPLC(甲酸)分离后得到化合物51b。LCMS(ESI)m/z:545.3(M+1)。NCS (200.12 mg, 1.50 mmol, 2.1 eq.) was added to a solution of compound 51a (340 mg, s. LC-MS and HPLC showed complete conversion of the starting material and detection of the desired product. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAc m. The obtained crude product was separated by preparative HPLC (carboxylic acid) to give Compound 51b. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 54: 15.
第三步:third step:
将化合物51b经SFC手性拆分(柱型号:DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS(250mm*30mm,10um;流动相A:乙醇(含0.1%的氨水);流动相B:二氧化碳)得到实施例51(t R=1.569min)和实施例52(t R=2.350min)。 Compound 51b was chirally resolved by SFC (column model: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS (250 mm * 30 mm, 10 um; mobile phase A: ethanol (containing 0.1% aqueous ammonia); mobile phase B: carbon dioxide) to give Example 51 (t R = 1.569min) and Example 52 (t R = 2.350min).
实施例51: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.68(s,1H),7.44(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),7.07(s,1H),6.81-6.58(m,1H),6.19(br dd,J=16.8,6.4Hz,1H),5.71(br d,J=10.6Hz,1H),4.70-4.64(m,1H),4.53-3.90(m,3H),3.72-3.34(m,2H),3.17-2.95(m,1H),1.33(br s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:545.1(M+1)。 Example 51: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.68 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.81-6.58 (m, 1H) , 6.19 (br dd, J = 16.8, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (br d, J = 10.6 Hz, 1H), 4.70 - 4.64 (m, 1H), 4.53 - 3.90 (m, 3H), 3.72-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.17-2.95 (m, 1H), 1.33 (br s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 545.1 (M+1).
实施例52: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.8(s,1H),7.44(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),7.07(s,1H),6.81-6.46(m,1H),6.19(br d,J=16.4Hz,1H),5.71(dd,J=10.8,1.2Hz,1H),4.64(br s,1H),4.51-4.24(m,1H),4.26-3.84(m,2H),3.68-3.36(m,2H),3.17-2.95(m,1H),1.34(br s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:545.1(M+1)。 Example 52: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.8 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.81-6.46 (m, 1H) , 6.19 (br d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (dd, J = 10.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (br s, 1H), 4.51-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.26-3.84 (m , 2H), 3.68-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.17-2.95 (m, 1H), 1.34 (br s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 545.1 (M+1).
实施例53和实施例54Example 53 and Example 54
第一步:first step:
参考化合物51b合成化合物53a。Compound 53a was synthesized with reference to compound 51b.
第二步:The second step:
将化合物53a经SFC手性拆分(柱型号:DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS(250mm*30mm,10um;流动相A:乙醇(含0.1%的氨水);流动相B:二氧化碳)得到实施例53(t R=1.429min)和实施例52(t R=2.028min)。 Compound 53a was chirally resolved by SFC (column model: DAICEL CHIRALPAK AS (250 mm * 30 mm, 10 um; mobile phase A: ethanol (containing 0.1% aqueous ammonia); mobile phase B: carbon dioxide) to give Example 53 (t R = 1.429min) and Example 52 (t R = 2.028min).
实施例53: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.79(s,1H),7.56(br d,J=7.2Hz,1H),7.19(s,1H),6.97-6.70(m,1H),6.31(br d,J=16.0Hz,1H),5.83(br d,J=10.4Hz,1H),4.75(br s,1H),4.62-4.27(m,2H),4.26-3.97(m,1H),3.79-3.48(m,2H),3.30-3.09(m,1H),1.46(br s,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:545.1(M+1)。 Example 53: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 7.56 (brd, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 6.97-6.70 (m, 1H) ), 6.31 (br d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (br d, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (br s, 1H), 4.62-4.27 (m, 2H), 4.26 - 3.97 (m , 1H), 3.79-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.09 (m, 1H), 1.46 (br s, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 545.1 (M+1).
实施例54: 1H NMR(400MHz,CD 3OD)δ8.80(s,1H),7.56(d,J=7.2Hz,1H),7.20(s,1H),6.93-6.71(m,1H),6.31(br dd,J=6.0,16.4Hz,1H),5.83(dd,J=10.4,1.7Hz,1H),4.82-4.77(m,1H),4.61-4.24(m,2 H),4.22-4.02(m,1H),3.83-3.48(m,2H),3.30-3.12(m,1H),1.45(br d,J=5.2Hz,3H);LCMS(ESI)m/z:545.1(M+1)。 Example 54: 1 H NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) δ8.80 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.2Hz, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.93-6.71 (m, 1H) , 6.31 (br dd, J = 6.0, 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J = 10.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.82-4.77 (m, 1H), 4.61-4.24 (m, 2 H), 4.22 -4.02 (m, 1H), 3.83 - 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.30 - 3.12 (m, 1H), 1.45 (brd, J = 5.2 Hz, 3H); LCMS (ESI) m/z: 545.1 (M +1).
实施例55Example 55
第一步:first step:
将化合物55a(20克,138.73毫摩尔,57.14毫升,1当量)溶于THF(200毫升)中,在0℃下加入氢化钠(11.10克,277.45毫摩尔,纯度:60%,2当量),在0℃下搅拌30分钟,加入碘甲烷(29.54克,208.09毫摩尔,12.95毫升,1.5当量),得到的混合物在25℃下继续反应18小时。LC-MS显示原料少量剩余,目标产物生成。向反应体系中加入水(200毫升),乙酸乙酯萃取(300毫升*3)。合并有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩,得到化合物55b的粗品。LCMS(ESI)m/z:159.0(M+1); 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ7.92-7.85(m,3H),7.59-7.54(m,1H),7.50-7.44(m,1H),7.32-7.25(m,2H),4.05(s,3H).LCMS(ESI)m/z:159.0(m+1). Compound 55a (20 g, 138.73 mmol, 57.14 ml, 1 eq.) was dissolved in THF (200 mL). EtOAc (11.10 g, 277.45 mmol, purity: 60%, 2 eq. After stirring at 0 ° C for 30 minutes, methyl iodide (29.54 g, 208.09 mmol, 12.95 ml, 1.5 eq.) was added, and the obtained mixture was allowed to react at 25 ° C for 18 hours. LC-MS showed a small amount of starting material remaining and the desired product was formed. Water (200 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and ethyl acetate (300 ml *3). The combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated LCMS (ESI) m / z: 159.0 (M + 1); 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ7.92-7.85 (m, 3H), 7.59-7.54 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H). LCMS (ESI) m/z: 159.0 (m+1).
第二步:The second step:
将化合物55b(10克,63.21毫摩尔,1当量)溶于乙酸酐(100毫升)中,在0℃下滴加加入浓硝酸(6.37克,101.14毫摩尔,4.55毫升,1.6当量),滴加完毕后,将反应体系冷却至0℃并搅拌1小时。TLC(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=5:1)显示原料反应完全。将反应物倒至饱和碳酸氢钠溶液(1升)中,乙酸乙酯萃取(500毫升*3)。将有机相合并,减压浓缩,得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析纯化(二氧化硅,乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:10),得到化合物55c。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ7.97(d,J=9.17Hz,1H),7.85(d,J=8.31Hz,1H),7.73-7.67(m,1H),7.65-7.57(m,1H),7.51-7.43(m,1H),7.35(d,J=9.17Hz,1H),4.04(s,3H). Compound 55b (10 g, 63.21 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in acetic acid (100 ml), and concentrated nitric acid (6.37 g, 101.14 mmol, 4.55 ml, 1.6 eq.) was added dropwise at 0 ° C. After completion, the reaction system was cooled to 0 ° C and stirred for 1 hour. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5:1) showed that the starting material was completely reacted. The reaction was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (1 liter) and ethyl acetate (EtOAc (EtOAc) The organic phase was combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. EtOAc m. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 7.97 (d, J = 9.17 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.31 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.65-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 9.17 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H).
第三步:third step:
将化合物55c(3克,14.76毫摩尔,1当量)溶于乙醇(40毫升)和水(20毫升)的混合溶液中,加入氯化铵(7.9克,147.64毫摩尔,10当量)和铁粉(8.25克,147.64毫摩尔,10当量),在90℃下搅拌2小时。LCMS显示反应完全,检测到目标产物。将反应体系过滤,减压浓缩得到化合物55d。LCMS(ESI)m/z:174.0(M+1)。Compound 55c (3 g, 14.76 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (40 ml) and water (20 ml), and ammonium chloride (7.9 g, 147.64 mmol, 10 eq.) and iron powder. (8.25 g, 147.64 mmol, 10 equivalents), stirred at 90 ° C for 2 hours. LCMS showed the reaction was complete and the target product was detected. The reaction system was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give Compound 55d. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 17.
第四步:the fourth step:
将化合物55d(2.5克,14.43毫摩尔,1当量)和碳酸钾(5.98克,43.30毫摩尔,3当量)溶于乙腈(50毫升)中,在0℃下加入丙二酸单甲酯酰氯(2.96克,21.65毫摩尔,2.31毫升,1.5当量),在25℃下搅拌12小时。LCMS显示部分原料剩余,补加丙二酸单甲酯酰氯(2.96克,21.65毫摩尔,2.31毫升,1.5当量),在25℃下继续搅拌2小时。LCMS显示反应完全并检测到产物生成。加入水(100毫升)淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取(100毫升*3),合并有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩。将浓缩后的粗品打浆2小时(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:1,12毫升),过滤,滤饼减压干燥。得到化合物55e。LCMS(ESI)m/z:274.0(M+1)。Compound 55d (2.5 g, 14.43 mmol, 1 eq.) and potassium carbonate (5.98 g, 43.30 mmol, 3 eq.) were dissolved in acetonitrile (50 mL). 2.96 g, 21.65 mmol, 2.31 ml, 1.5 eq.), stirred at 25 ° C for 12 h. A portion of the starting material was obtained by LCMS. EtOAc (2. EtOAc, 2. LCMS showed the reaction was complete and product formation was detected. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. The concentrated crude product was slurried for 2 hours (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:1, 12 ml), filtered, and the filter cake was dried under reduced pressure. Compound 55e was obtained. LCMS (ESI) m/z:21.
第五步:the fifth step:
将化合物55e(3.8克,11.19毫摩尔,1当量)溶于甲醇(50毫升)中,加入4-乙氧基-1,1,1-三氟-3-丁烯-2-酮(2.82克,16.79毫摩尔,2.39毫升,1.5当量)和甲醇钠(907.01毫克,16.79毫摩尔,1.5当量),将反应体系在90℃下搅拌12小时。LCMS显示原料有剩余,将反应体系在90℃下继续搅拌6小时。LCMS显示原料仍有剩余,补加4-乙氧基-1,1,1-三氟-3-丁烯-2-酮(940.89毫克,5.60毫摩尔,797.36微升,0.5当量)和甲醇钠(302.36毫克,5.60毫摩尔,0.5当量),将反应体系在90℃下搅拌15小时。LCMS显示反应完全并检测到产物生成。将反应体系减压浓缩,加入饱和氯化铵水溶液(100毫升),乙酸乙酯萃取(100毫升*2)。合并有机相,减压浓缩得化合物55f的粗品。LCMS(ESI)m/z:378.1(M+1)。Compound 55e (3.8 g, 11.19 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) EtOAc. , 16.79 mmol, 2.39 ml, 1.5 eq.) and sodium methoxide (907.01 mg, 16.79 mmol, 1.5 eq.), and the reaction was stirred at 90 ° C for 12 hours. LCMS showed the starting material remained and the reaction was stirred at 90 ° C for a further 6 hours. LCMS showed that the starting material remained, supplemented with 4-ethoxy-1,1,1-trifluoro-3-buten-2-one (940.89 mg, 5.60 mmol, 797.36 μl, 0.5 eq.) and sodium methoxide (302.36 mg, 5.60 mmol, 0.5 eq.), the reaction was stirred at 90 ° C for 15 hours. LCMS showed the reaction was complete and product formation was detected. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced vacuo. EtOAc (EtOAc) The organic phases were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude compound. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 37:21.
第六步:The sixth step:
将化合物55f(4.6克,12.19毫摩尔,1当量)溶于水(30毫升)和THF(30毫升)的混合溶剂中,加入一水合氢氧化锂(1.02克,24.38毫摩尔,2当量),在25℃下搅拌16小时。LCMS显示反应完全并检测到目标产物生成。加入水(100毫升)淬灭反应,加入稀盐酸(1M)调节pH到2,乙酸乙酯萃取(200毫升*3)。合并有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩,得到化合物55g的粗品。LCMS(ESI)m/z:363.9(M+1)。Compound 55f (4.6 g, 12.19 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in a mixture of water (30 ml) and THF (30 ml), and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.02 g, 24.38 mmol, 2 eq.). Stir at 25 ° C for 16 hours. LCMS showed the reaction was complete and the target product was detected. The reaction was quenched by the addition of water (100 mL). EtOAc (EtOAc) The combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated LCMS (ESI) m/z: 36: 39
第七步:Step 7:
将化合物55g(4.4克,12.11毫摩尔,1当量)溶于叔丁醇(50毫升)中,加入三乙胺(2.45克,24.22毫摩尔,3.37毫升,2当量)和4A分子筛(4克),将得到的混合物在90℃下搅拌1小时。之后加入DPPA(3.50克,12.72毫摩尔,2.76毫升,1.05当量),在90℃下搅拌1小时。LCMS显示反应完全并检测到目标产物。过滤,将滤液减压浓缩,得到的粗产品经硅胶柱层析纯化(二氧化硅,石油醚:乙酸乙酯=10:1),得到化合物55h。LCMS(ESI)m/z:379.1(M+1-56); 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3-d)δ8.14(br d,J=7.70Hz,1H),8.01(d,J=9.05Hz,1H),7.79-7.88(m,2H),7.42-7.48(m,1H),7.34-7.40(m,2H),7.21(d,J=8.56Hz,1H),6.93(d,J=7.95Hz,1H),3.91(s,3H),1.52(s,9H). Compound 55 g (4.4 g, 12.11 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in tert-butanol (50 ml), triethylamine (2.45 g, 24.22 mmol, 3.37 ml, 2 eq.) and 4A molecular sieves (4 g) The resulting mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, DPPA (3.50 g, 12.72 mmol, 2.76 ml, 1.05 equivalent) was added, and stirred at 90 ° C for 1 hour. LCMS showed the reaction was complete and the target product was detected. Filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography ( silica, petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 10:1) to afford compound 55h. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 379.1 (M+ 1 - 56); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 -d) δ 8.14 (brd, J = 7.70 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 9.05) Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J = 8.56 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 7.95 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
第八步:The eighth step:
将化合物55h(300毫克,690.60微摩尔,1当量)溶于1,4-二氧六环(4毫升)中,加入氯化氢/1,4-二氧六环溶液(4M,4毫升,23.17当量),之后在25℃下搅拌12小时。LCMS显示部分原料剩余,升高到45℃搅拌2小时。LCMS显示很少原料剩余并检测到目标产物生成。将反应液直接减压浓缩,再用乙酸乙酯(10毫升)溶解。有机相用饱和碳酸氢钠溶液洗(10毫升*2),得到的有机相减压浓缩得到化合物55i的粗品。LCMS(ESI)m/z:335.1(M+1)。Compound 55h (300 mg, 690.60 μmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL). ), followed by stirring at 25 ° C for 12 hours. LCMS showed some of the starting material remained and was stirred at 45 ° C for 2 hours. LCMS showed little starting material remaining and detection of target product formation. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and evaporated and evaporated. The organic phase was washed with aq. LCMS (ESI) m.
第九步:The ninth step:
将化合物55i(1.2克,3.59毫摩尔,1当量)溶于DCM(20毫升)中,在0℃下加入溴代丁二酰亚胺(638.90毫克,3.59毫摩尔,1当量),继续在下搅拌0.5小时。TLC(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=3:1)显示反应完全,有一个新点生成。加入饱和亚硫酸钠溶液(50毫升)淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取(50毫升*2)。合并有机相,减压浓缩,得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析纯化(二氧化硅,石油醚:乙酸乙酯=5:1),得到化合物55j。 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ8.01(d,J=9.05Hz,1H),7.85(d,J=8.19Hz,1H),7.49-7.42(m,1H),7.41-7.33(m,2H),7.25(d,J=8.44Hz,1H),7.03(s,1H),5.02(br s,2H),3.92(s,3H). Compound 55i (1.2 g, 3.59 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL), bromosuccinimide (638.90 mg, 3.59 mmol, 1 eq. 0.5 hours. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 3:1) showed the reaction was complete and a new spot was formed. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAcEtOAc The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced vacuo. 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ8.01 (d, J = 9.05Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 8.19Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.44 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 5.02 (br s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H).
第十步:Step 10:
在氮气保护下,将化合物55j(850毫克,2.06毫摩尔,1当量)溶于N,N-二甲基乙酰胺(20毫升)中,加入锌粉(1.75克,26.74毫摩尔),Pd 2(dba) 3(376.76毫克,411.43微摩尔,0.2当量),1,1'-双(二苯基膦)二茂铁(456.18毫克,822.87微摩尔,0.4当量)和氰化锌(966.25毫克,8.23毫摩尔,522.30微升,4当量),加热到120℃搅拌16小时。LCMS显示反应完全,检测到目标产物。将反应液过滤,加入乙酸乙酯(50毫升),水洗(50毫升*2)。将有机相减压浓缩,得到的残余物通过硅胶柱层析纯化(二氧化硅,石油醚:乙酸乙酯=4:1),得到化合物55k的粗品。LCMS(ESI)m/z:360.2(M+1); 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ8.02(d,J=9.17Hz,1H),7.86(d,J=8.07Hz,1H),7.51-7.44(m,1H),7.43-7.35(m,2H),7.23(d,J=8.44Hz,1H),6.85(s,1H),5.78(br,s,2H),3.92(s,3H). Compound 55j (850 mg, 2.06 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (20 mL), and then added with zinc powder (1.75 g, 26.74 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (376.76 mg, 411.43 micromoles, 0.2 equivalents), 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (456.18 mg, 822.87 micromoles, 0.4 equivalents) and zinc cyanide (966.25 mg, 8.23 mmol, 522.30 μl, 4 eq.), heated to 120 ° C and stirred for 16 hours. LCMS showed the reaction was complete and the target product was detected. The reaction mixture was filtered, EtOAc (EtOAc) The organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure. EtOAc m. LCMS (ESI) m / z: 360.2 (M + 1); 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ8.02 (d, J = 9.17Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 8.07Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.43 - 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.44 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 5.78 (br, s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H).
第十一步:The eleventh step:
将化合物55k(880毫克,2.45毫摩尔,1当量)溶于甲酸(10毫升)中,加入浓硫酸(1.20g,12.25毫摩尔,652.75微升,5当量),在100℃下搅拌1小时。LCMS显示反应完全,检测到目标产物生成。将反应液倒至冰水中(100毫升),过滤,滤饼减压干燥。将滤饼打浆(石油醚:乙酸乙酯=1:1,10毫升)1小时,过滤,滤饼减压干燥可得化合物55l。LCMS(ESI)m/z:388.1(M+1); 1H NMR(400MHz, DMSO-d 6)δ13.06(br s,1H),8.36(s,1H),8.17(d,J=9.17Hz,1H),7.99(d,J=7.83Hz,1H),7.65(d,J=9.17Hz,1H),7.52-7.35(m,3H),7.32(s,1H),3.87(s,3H). Compound 55k (880 mg, 2.45 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in EtOAc (EtOAc) (EtOAcjjjjjjjj LCMS showed the reaction was complete and the target product was detected. The reaction solution was poured into ice water (100 ml), filtered, and then filtered and evaporated. The filter cake was beaten (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 1:1, 10 ml) for 1 hour, filtered, and the filter cake was dried under reduced pressure to give compound 55l. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 388.1 (M + 1); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 13.06 (br s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, J = 9.17 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 9.17 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H) ).
第十二步:Step 12:
将化合物55l(600毫克,1.55毫摩尔,1当量)溶于三氯氧磷(16.50克,107.61毫摩尔,10毫升,69.46当量)中,加入N,N-二甲基苯胺(938.62毫克,7.75毫摩尔,981.82微升,5当量),将反应液加热到搅拌2小时。TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=10:1)显示反应完全。将反应液减压浓缩,得到化合物55m的粗品。Compound 55l (600 mg, 1.55 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (16.50 g, 107.61 mmol, 10 mL, 69.46 eq.) and N,N-dimethylaniline (938.62 mg, 7.75) Millimol, 981.82 microliters, 5 equivalents), the reaction was heated to stirring for 2 hours. TLC (dichloromethane:methanol = 10:1) showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude compound m.
第十三步:Step 13:
将化合物55m(700毫克,1.73毫摩尔,1当量)溶于1,4-二氧六环(20毫升)中,在0℃下加入TEA(2.79克,27.60毫摩尔,3.84毫升,16当量)和N-Boc哌嗪(2.57克,13.80毫摩尔,8当量),之后加热到50℃搅拌2小时。LCMS显示反应完全,并检测到目标产物。加入饱和氯化铵水溶液(100毫升)淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取(50毫升*3),有机相减压浓缩,柱层析纯化(二氧化硅,石油醚:乙酸乙酯=1:1),得到化合物55n。LCMS(ESI)m/z:556.5(M+1); 1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ8.93(s,1H),8.03(d,J=9.05Hz,1H),7.86(d,J=7.46Hz,1H),7.44-7.36(m,3H),7.35-7.30(m,1H),7.05(s,1H),3.90(s,3H),3.83-3.78(m,4H),3.69(dd,J=3.85,6.30Hz,4H),1.52(s,9H). Compound 55 m (700 mg, 1.73 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL). EtOAc (2. EtOAc, EtOAc, And N-Boc piperazine (2.57 g, 13.80 mmol, 8 equivalents), then heated to 50 ° C and stirred for 2 hours. LCMS showed the reaction was complete and the target product was detected. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc EtOAc (EtOAcEtOAcEtOAcEtOAc ), compound 55n was obtained. LCMS (ESI) m / z: 556.5 (M + 1); 1 H NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ8.93 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 9.05Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J =7.46Hz,1H),7.44-7.36(m,3H),7.35-7.30(m,1H),7.05(s,1H),3.90(s,3H),3.83-3.78(m,4H),3.69( Dd, J = 3.85, 6.30 Hz, 4H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
第十四步:Step 14:
将化合物55n(800毫克,1.44毫摩尔,1当量)溶于DCM(10毫升)中,加入TFA(4.62克,40.52毫摩尔,3毫升,28.14当量),将反应液在下搅拌1小时。LCMS显示反应完全,检测到目标产物。将反应液减压浓缩得到化合物55o的三氟乙酸盐。LCMS(ESI)m/z:456.2(M+1);Compound 55n (800 mg, 1.44 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. LCMS showed the reaction was complete and the target product was detected. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the compound, m. LCMS (ESI) m /z:
第十五步:Step 15:
将化合物55o(800毫克,1.40毫摩尔,1当量)的三氟乙酸盐溶于DCM(15毫升)中,在0℃下加入TEA(1.42克,14.05毫摩尔,1.96毫升,10当量)和丙烯酰氯(254。30毫克,2.81毫摩尔,229.10微升,2当量),在0℃下搅拌0.5小时。LCMS显示反应完全,并检测到目标产物。加入饱和氯化铵(20毫升)淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取(20毫升*2)。合并有机相,减压浓缩。得到的粗产品打浆(乙酸乙酯:石油醚=1:2,12毫升),过滤,滤饼减压干燥,得到化合物55p。LCMS(ESI)m/z:510.2(M+1);Compound 55o (800 mg, 1.40 mmol, 1 eq.) of trifluoroacetic acid salt was dissolved in DCM (15 mL) and EtOAc (1.42 g, 14.05 mmol, 1. Acryloyl chloride (254. 30 mg, 2.81 mmol, 229.10 μl, 2 eq.) was stirred at 0 ° C for 0.5 h. LCMS showed the reaction was complete and the target product was detected. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAcEtOAc The organic phases were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was beaten (ethyl acetate: petroleum ether = 1:2, 12 ml), filtered, and the filter cake was dried under reduced pressure to give compound 55p. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 5121.
第十六步:Step 16:
将化合物55p(200毫克,392.56微摩尔,1当量)溶于DCM(10毫升)中,在0℃下加入三溴化硼(2.95克,11.78毫摩尔,1.13毫升,30当量),在25℃下反应1小时。LCMS显示约22.82%的产物生成。在0℃下缓慢加入水(30毫升)淬灭反应,乙酸乙酯萃取(30毫升*2),合并有机相,减压浓缩,得到的残余物通过制备的TLC(二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1)纯化,再通过制备的HPLC(0.075%三氟乙酸)纯化,得到实施例55的三氟乙酸盐。LCMS(ESI)m/z:496.2(M+1); 1H NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ10.33(br s,1H),8.82(s,1H),8.01-7.87(m,2H),7.44-7.2344(m,5H),6.83(dd,J=16.69,10.45Hz,1H),6.18(dd,J=16.69,2.14Hz,1H),5.81-5.70(m,1H),3.99-3.73(m,8H). Compound 55p (200 mg, 392.56 micromoles, 1 eq.) was dissolved in DCM (10 mL). EtOAc (EtOAc, EtOAc, The reaction was carried out for 1 hour. LCMS showed approximately 22.82% product formation. The reaction was quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. :1) Purification and purification by preparative HPLC (0.075% trifluoroacetic acid) afforded the trifluoroacetate salt of Example 55. LCMS (ESI) m/z: 496.2 (M + 1); 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 10.33 (br s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.01-7.87 (m, 2H) ), 7.44 - 7.2344 (m, 5H), 6.83 (dd, J = 16.69, 10.45 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (dd, J = 16.69, 2.14 Hz, 1H), 5.81-5.70 (m, 1H), 3.99- 3.73 (m, 8H).
实验例1:细胞实验Experimental Example 1: Cell Experiment
实验目的:Purpose:
本实验旨在验证本发明化合物对KRAS G12C突变的NCI-H358人非小细胞肺癌细胞、KRAS G12C突变的MIA PaCa2人胰腺癌细胞和野生型的A375人恶性黑色素瘤细胞的增殖抑制效果。This experiment was conducted to demonstrate the inhibitory effect of the compounds of the present invention on KRAS G12C mutant NCI-H358 human non-small cell lung cancer cells, KRAS G12C mutant MIA PaCa2 human pancreatic cancer cells, and wild type A375 human malignant melanoma cells.
主要试剂:Main reagents:
细胞株NCI-H358、细胞株A375、细胞株MIA Paca2、Cell Titer-Glo检测试剂盒、RPMI1640培养基、DMEM细胞培养基、胎牛血清、0.25%胰蛋白酶-EDTA消化液、DPBS、细胞培养级DMSO、青链霉素Cell line NCI-H358, cell line A375, cell line MIA Paca2, Cell Titer-Glo assay kit, RPMI1640 medium, DMEM cell culture medium, fetal bovine serum, 0.25% trypsin-EDTA digest, DPBS, cell culture grade DMSO, penicillin
主要仪器:Main instruments:
多标记微孔板检测仪Envision、细胞培养瓶、384细胞培养微孔板、Vi-cell XR细胞活性分析仪、CO2恒温培养箱、300μL 12道电动移液器、Echo超声波纳升级液体工作站Multi-label microplate reader Envision, cell culture flask, 384 cell culture microplate, Vi-cell XR cell activity analyzer, CO2 incubator, 300 μL 12-channel electric pipette, Echo ultrasonic nano-liquid workstation
实验方法:experimental method:
分别向3块384微孔板的外围孔中加入40μl磷酸盐缓冲液,分别向每块板的其它孔中加40μl待测细胞悬液(板1:NCI-H358细胞悬液,其中包含500个NCI-H358细胞;板2:MIA PaCa2细胞悬液,其中包含300个MIA PaCa2细胞;板3:A375细胞悬液,其中包含300个A375细胞)。然后将三块细胞板放到二氧化碳培养箱中过夜培养。用Echo对待测化合物进行3倍梯度稀释,将每个化合物稀释10个浓度梯度(从50μM稀释至0.003μM)并分别加100nl到细胞板的对应孔中,加药后,A、P行,1、24列每孔加入40μL磷酸盐缓冲液,然后将细胞板放回到二氧化碳培养箱中培养5天。向细胞板中加入每孔20μl的Promega CellTiter-Glo试剂,室温避光震荡10分钟使发光信号稳定。采用PerkinElmer Envision多标记分析仪读数。40 μl of phosphate buffer solution was added to the peripheral wells of three 384-well microplates, and 40 μl of the cell suspension to be tested was added to each well of each plate (plate 1: NCI-H358 cell suspension, which contained 500 cells). NCI-H358 cells; plate 2: MIA PaCa2 cell suspension containing 300 MIA PaCa2 cells; plate 3: A375 cell suspension containing 300 A375 cells). The three cell plates were then placed in a carbon dioxide incubator for overnight culture. The Echo test compound was subjected to 3-fold serial dilution, and each compound was diluted by 10 concentration gradients (diluted from 50 μM to 0.003 μM) and 100 nl were added to the corresponding wells of the cell plate, respectively. After the addition, A and P lines, 1 To each of the 24 columns, 40 μL of phosphate buffer was added, and then the cell plate was returned to the carbon dioxide incubator for 5 days. 20 μl of Promega CellTiter-Glo reagent per well was added to the cell plate, and the luminescence signal was stabilized by shaking at room temperature for 10 minutes. Readings were performed using a PerkinElmer Envision multi-label analyzer.
数据分析:IC 50结果由IDBS公司的GraphPad Prism 5.0软件进行分析。 Data Analysis: IC 50 results were analyzed by GraphPad Prism 5.0 IDBS software companies.
实验结果:Experimental results:
本发明化合物对NCI-H358(G12C突变)细胞,A375(野生型)细胞和MIA PaCa2(G12C突变)细胞的抗增殖活性IC 50的数据在表1和表2中展示。 Compounds of the invention NCI-H358 (G12C mutation) cells, anti of A375 (wild-type) cells and MIA PaCa2 (G12C mutant) cell proliferation activity IC 50 data is shown in Table 1 and Table 2.
结论:本发明化合物对于KRAS G12C突变型细胞NCI-H358和MIA PaCa2显示了较高的细胞抗增殖活性,同时对于野生型的A375细胞抗增殖活性较弱,体现了高的选择性。Conclusion: The compounds of the present invention showed high anti-proliferative activity against KRAS G12C mutant cells NCI-H358 and MIA PaCa2, and the anti-proliferative activity of wild-type A375 cells was weak, showing high selectivity.
表1Table 1
表2Table 2
实验例2:肝微粒体稳定性试验Experimental Example 2: Liver microsome stability test
实验目的:Purpose:
测试供试品在小鼠、大鼠和人肝微粒体中的代谢稳定性。The metabolic stability of the test article in mouse, rat and human liver microsomes was tested.
实验材料:Experimental Materials:
供试品(10mM),Testosterone(睾酮,对照品,10mM),Diclofenac(双氯芬酸,对照品,10mM),Propafenone(丙胺苯丙酮,对照品,10mM),人肝微粒体,大鼠肝微粒体,小鼠肝微粒体。Test article (10 mM), Testosterone (testosterone, control, 10 mM), Diclofenac (diclofenac, control, 10 mM), Propafenone (propylpropionide, control, 10 mM), human liver microsomes, rat liver microsomes, Mouse liver microsomes.
缓冲体系:Buffer system:
1. 100mM磷酸钾缓冲剂(pH 7.4)。1. 100 mM potassium phosphate buffer (pH 7.4).
2. 10mM二氯化镁溶液。2. 10 mM magnesium dichloride solution.
化合物稀释:Compound dilution:
1.中间体溶液:采用45μL DMSO(带有450μL 1:1甲醇/水)来稀释5μL供试品或对照品。1. Intermediate solution: 5 μL of the test sample or control substance was diluted with 45 μL of DMSO (with 450 μL of 1:1 methanol/water).
2.工作液:采用450μL 100mM磷酸钾缓冲剂来稀释中间体溶液。2. Working solution: The intermediate solution was diluted with 450 μL of 100 mM potassium phosphate buffer.
NADPH再生体系:NADPH regeneration system:
1.β-磷酸酰胺腺嘌呤二核苷酸,来源于西格玛,Cat.No.N0505。1. β-phosphoamide adenine dinucleotide, derived from Sigma, Cat. No. N0505.
2.异柠檬酸,来源于西格玛,目录号I1252。2. Isocitric acid, from Sigma, catalog number I1252.
3.异柠檬酸脱氢酶,来源于Sigma,Cat.No.I2002。3. Isocitrate dehydrogenase, from Sigma, Cat. No. I2002.
肝微粒体溶液制备(最后浓度:0.5mg蛋白/mL):Preparation of liver microsome solution (final concentration: 0.5 mg protein/mL):
终止液:Stop solution:
含100ng/mL Tolbutamide(甲糖宁)和100ng/mL Labetalol(拉贝洛尔)的冷乙腈作为内标物。Cold acetonitrile containing 100 ng/mL Tolbutamide and 100 ng/mL Labetalol (Laberolol) was used as an internal standard.
实验方法:experimental method:
1.加10μL供试品或对照品工作液到所有板中(T0,T5,T10,T20,T30,T60,NCF60)。1. Add 10 μL of the test or control working solution to all plates (T0, T5, T10, T20, T30, T60, NCF60).
2.分配680μL/孔肝微粒体溶液到96孔板上,然后添加80μL/孔到每块板上,将上述孵育板放置于37℃预孵育大约10分钟。2. Dispense 680 μL/well of liver microsome solution into a 96-well plate, then add 80 μL/well to each plate, and place the above incubator plate at 37 ° C for about 10 minutes.
3.在NCF60板上每孔添加10μL 100mM磷酸钾缓冲液。3. Add 10 μL of 100 mM potassium phosphate buffer to each well on the NCF60 plate.
4.预孵育结束后,分配90μL/孔NADPH再生体系工作液到96孔板上,然后添加10μL/孔l到 每块板上以启动反应。4. After the pre-incubation, dispense 90 μL/well of NADPH regeneration system working solution to a 96-well plate, then add 10 μL/well l to each plate to initiate the reaction.
5.孵化适当的时间(如5、10、20、30和60分钟)。5. Incubate for the appropriate time (eg 5, 10, 20, 30 and 60 minutes).
6.分别在每个样品孔中加入300μL终止液(于4℃冷藏,含100ng/mL Tolbutamide和100ng/mL Labetalol)。6. Add 300 μL of Stop Solution (refrigeration at 4 ° C with 100 ng/mL Tolbutamide and 100 ng/mL Labetalol) to each sample well.
7.样品板摇匀约10分钟并在4度下4000转离心20分钟。7. Shake the sample plate for approximately 10 minutes and centrifuge at 4000 rpm for 20 minutes at 4 degrees.
8.离心时,加300μL HPLC水到每孔中,取100μL上清液用于LC-MS/MS分析。8. When centrifuging, add 300 μL of HPLC water to each well and take 100 μL of the supernatant for LC-MS/MS analysis.
数据分析:data analysis:
通过下面公式中计算T 1/2和Cl int(mic)。 T 1/2 and Cl int(mic) are calculated by the following formula.
当 when
每克肝含45mg微粒体蛋白,小鼠、大鼠、犬、猴和人的肝重分别为88g/kg、40g/kg、32g/kg、30g/kg和20g/kg。Each gram of liver contains 45 mg of microsomal protein, and the liver weights of mice, rats, dogs, monkeys, and humans are 88 g/kg, 40 g/kg, 32 g/kg, 30 g/kg, and 20 g/kg, respectively.
C t为时间t时的浓度,t为孵育时间,C 0为0时的浓度,K e为消除速率常数,Cl int(mic)为肝微粒固有清除率,Cl int(liver)为肝固有清除率。 C t is the concentration at time t, t is the incubation time, the concentration when C 0 is 0, K e is the elimination rate constant, Cl int (mic) is the intrinsic clearance of liver particles, and Cl int (liver) is the intrinsic clearance of liver rate.
CL int(mic)=0.693/半衰期/mg微粒体蛋白每mL(孵育时微粒体浓度) CL int(mic) =0.693/half-life/mg microsomal protein per mL (microsomal concentration at incubation)
CL int(liver)=CL int(mic)×mg微粒体蛋白/g肝重×肝重体重比 CL int(liver) =CL int(mic) ×mg microsomal protein / g liver weight × liver weight to body weight ratio
实验结果:见表3。Experimental results: See Table 3.
实验结论:Experimental results:
本发明化合物在人,大鼠和小鼠的肝微粒体稳定性实验中,显示了较长的半衰期,因此可以推测本发明化合物的体内代谢稳定性较好。The compound of the present invention shows a long half-life in the liver microsome stability test of human, rat and mouse, and therefore it is presumed that the compound of the present invention has good metabolic stability in vivo.
表3table 3
实验例3:大鼠药代动力学评价实验Experimental Example 3: Rat pharmacokinetic evaluation experiment
实验目的:Purpose:
以雄性SD大鼠为受试动物,应用LC/MS/MS法测定大鼠静脉和灌胃给与受试化合物后不同时刻血浆中的药物浓度。研究受试化合物在大鼠体内的药代动力学行为,评价其药动学特征。Male Sprague-Dawley rats were used as test animals, and the concentration of the drug in plasma at different times after intravenous administration and administration of the test compound was determined by LC/MS/MS. The pharmacokinetic behavior of the test compound in rats was studied and its pharmacokinetic characteristics were evaluated.
实验方案:试验动物:健康成年雄性SD大鼠10只,按照体重相近的原则分成4组,IV组(两组)每组2只,PO组(两组)每组3只。动物购买自北京维通利华实验动物有限公司。Experimental protocol: Test animals: 10 healthy adult male Sprague-Dawley rats were divided into 4 groups according to the principle of similar body weight. Group IV (two groups) each group of 2, PO group (two groups) each group of 3. Animals were purchased from Beijing Weitong Lihua Experimental Animal Co., Ltd.
药物配制:Drug preparation:
IV组:称取适量样品,按照体积比10:60:30依次加入适量DMSO,PEG400和水,搅拌超声后达到1.5mg/mL的澄清状态。Group IV: Weigh the appropriate amount of sample, add appropriate amount of DMSO, PEG400 and water according to the volume ratio of 10:60:30, and stir to obtain a clarified state of 1.5 mg/mL.
PO组:称取适量样品,按照体积比10:60:30依次加入适量DMSO,PEG400和水,搅拌超声后达到1.0mg/mL的澄清状态。PO group: Weigh the appropriate amount of sample, add appropriate amount of DMSO, PEG400 and water according to the volume ratio of 10:60:30, and stir to obtain a clarified state of 1.0 mg/mL.
给药:Dosing:
禁食一夜后,IV组分别进行静脉给药,给药体积为2mL/kg,剂量为3mg/kg;PO组分别进行灌胃给药,给药体积为10mL/kg,剂量为10mg/kg。After fasting overnight, group IV was administered intravenously at a dose of 2 mL/kg at a dose of 3 mg/kg. The PO group was administered intragastrically at a dose of 10 mL/kg and a dose of 10 mg/kg.
实验操作:Experimental operation:
雄性SD大鼠静脉注射组分别给与受试化合物后,在0.0833,0.25,0.5,1,2,4,6,8,及24小时采血200ul,置于预先加有EDTA-K 2的商品化抗凝管中。灌胃给药组分别给与受试化合物后,分别在0.25,0.5,1,2,4,6,8,及24小时采血200ul,置于预先加有EDTA-K 2的商品化抗凝管中。将试管离心15分钟分离血浆,并于-60℃保存。给药2小时后动物可进食。用LC/MS/MS法测定大鼠静脉和灌胃给药后,血浆中的受试化合物含量。方法的线性范围为2.00~6000nM;血浆样品经乙腈沉淀蛋白处理后进行分析。 Male SD rats were given the test compound, and 200 ul of blood was collected at 0.0833, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 24 hours, and placed in commercialization with EDTA-K 2 in advance. In the anti-coagulation tube. After administration of the test compound to the intragastric administration group, 200 ul of blood was collected at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 24 hours, respectively, and placed in a commercial anticoagulant tube to which EDTA-K 2 was previously added. in. The tube was centrifuged for 15 minutes to separate the plasma and stored at -60 °C. Animals can be fed after 2 hours of administration. The content of test compounds in plasma after intravenous and intragastric administration in rats was determined by LC/MS/MS. The linear range of the method was 2.00-6000 nM; plasma samples were analyzed by acetonitrile precipitation protein analysis.
实验结果:Experimental results:
实验结果见表4。The experimental results are shown in Table 4.
实验结论:Experimental results:
在大鼠药代动力学评价实验中,本发明化合物显示出较参考化合物ARS-1620更高的暴露量和更好的口服利用度。In the rat pharmacokinetic evaluation experiment, the compounds of the present invention showed higher exposure and better oral availability than the reference compound ARS-1620.
表4Table 4
注:Cl:清除率;V d:分布容积;AUC:暴露量;T 1/2:半衰期;C max:口服给药后化合物浓度最大值;T max:达到C max的时间;F:生物利用度。 Note: Cl: clearance rate; V d : volume of distribution; AUC: exposure; T 1/2 : half-life; C max : maximum concentration of compound after oral administration; T max : time to reach C max ; F: bioavailability degree.
实验例4:体内药效试验(一)Experimental Example 4: In vivo efficacy test (1)
实验目的:Purpose:
评价受试化合物在人胰腺癌MIA-PaCa2细胞皮下异种移植肿瘤模型上的体内药效。The in vivo efficacy of the test compound on the subcutaneous xenograft tumor model of human pancreatic cancer MIA-PaCa2 cells was evaluated.
实验操作:Experimental operation:
BALB/c裸鼠,雌性,6-8周,体重约18-22克。每只小鼠在右后背皮下接种0.2mL(1×10 7个)MIA-PaCa2细胞(加基质胶,体积比为1:1)。当平均肿瘤体积达到约169立方毫米时开始给药。将试验化合物每日口服给药,给药剂量如表5所示。肿瘤体积每周两次测量,体积以立方毫米计量,通过以下公式计算:V=0.5a×b 2,其中a和b分别是肿瘤的长径和短径。化合物的抑瘤疗效用TGI(%)评价。TGI(%),反映肿瘤生长抑制率。TGI(%)的计算:TGI(%)=【(1-(某处理组给药结束时平均瘤体积-该处理组开始给药时平均瘤体积))/(溶剂对照组治疗结束时平均瘤体积-溶剂对照组开始治疗时平均瘤体积)】×100%。实验结果:见表5。 BALB/c nude mice, female, 6-8 weeks, weigh approximately 18-22 grams. Each mouse was inoculated subcutaneously with 0.2 mL (1 × 10 7 ) MIA-PaCa 2 cells (with matrigel, volume ratio 1:1). Dosing begins when the average tumor volume reaches approximately 169 cubic millimeters. The test compound was orally administered daily as shown in Table 5. The tumor volume was measured twice a week and the volume was measured in cubic millimeters and was calculated by the following formula: V = 0.5 a x b 2 , where a and b are the long and short diameters of the tumor, respectively. The antitumor effect of the compound was evaluated by TGI (%). TGI (%), reflecting the tumor growth inhibition rate. Calculation of TGI (%): TGI (%) = [(1 - mean tumor volume at the end of administration of a treatment group - mean tumor volume at the start of administration of the treatment group)) / (average tumor at the end of treatment of the solvent control group) Volume-solvent control group average tumor volume at the start of treatment)] × 100%. Experimental results: See Table 5.
表5table 5
实验结论:Experimental results:
本发明化合物在人胰腺癌MIA-PaCa2细胞皮下异种移植瘤模型中展示出良好的体内药效。开始给药后20天,本发明化合物与溶剂对照组相比具有显著的抑瘤作用,且有明显的量效关系。The compounds of the invention exhibit good in vivo efficacy in a human pancreatic cancer MIA-PaCa2 cell subcutaneous xenograft model. Twenty days after the start of administration, the compound of the present invention had a significant antitumor effect as compared with the solvent control group, and had a significant dose-effect relationship.
实验例5:体内药效试验(二)Experimental Example 5: In vivo efficacy test (2)
实验目的:Purpose:
评价受试化合物在人非小细胞肺癌NCI-H358皮下异体移植肿瘤模型上的体内药效。The in vivo efficacy of the test compound on the human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model was evaluated.
实验操作:Experimental operation:
BALB/c裸小鼠,雌性,6-8周龄,体重18-21克。共需100只。由上海灵畅实验动物有限公司提供。将NCI-H358肿瘤细胞重悬于PBS中,制备成0.1mL(5×10 6个)的细胞悬液,皮下接种于每只小鼠的右后背(5×10 6/只)等待肿瘤生长。在肿瘤平均体积达到约150-200mm 3时开始进行随机分组给药,给药剂量如表6所示。每周两次用游标卡尺测量肿瘤直径。肿瘤体积的计算公式为:V=0.5a×b 2,a和b分别表示肿瘤的长径和短径。化合物的抑瘤疗效用TGI(%)评价。TGI(%),反映肿瘤生长抑 制率。TGI(%)的计算:TGI(%)=[(1-(某处理组给药结束时平均瘤体积-该处理组开始给药时平均瘤体积)/(溶剂对照组治疗结束时平均瘤体积-溶剂对照组开始治疗时平均瘤体积)]×100%。 BALB/c nude mice, female, 6-8 weeks old, weighing 18-21 grams. A total of 100 are required. Provided by Shanghai Lingchang Experimental Animal Co., Ltd. The NCI-H358 tumor cells were resuspended in PBS to prepare 0.1 mL (5×10 6 ) cell suspensions, which were subcutaneously inoculated into the right back of each mouse (5×10 6 /piece) for tumor growth. . Randomized dosing was initiated when the average tumor volume reached approximately 150-200 mm 3 as shown in Table 6. Tumor diameters were measured twice a week using vernier calipers. The calculation formula of tumor volume is: V = 0.5a × b 2 , and a and b represent the long diameter and short diameter of the tumor, respectively. The antitumor effect of the compound was evaluated by TGI (%). TGI (%), reflecting the tumor growth inhibition rate. Calculation of TGI (%): TGI (%) = [(1 - mean tumor volume at the end of administration of a treatment group - mean tumor volume at the start of administration of the treatment group) / (mean tumor volume at the end of treatment of the solvent control group) - The average tumor volume at the start of treatment in the solvent control group)] x 100%.
实验结果:见表6。Experimental results: See Table 6.
表6Table 6
实验结论:本发明化合物在人非小细胞肺癌NCI-H358皮下异体移植肿瘤模型中展示出良好的体内药效。开始给药后20天,本发明化合物与参考化合物ARS-1620相比具有显著的抑瘤作用。Experimental Conclusion: The compounds of the present invention exhibited good in vivo efficacy in a human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model. Twenty days after the start of administration, the compound of the present invention has a significant antitumor effect as compared with the reference compound ARS-1620.
实验例6:体内药效试验(三)Experimental Example 6: In vivo efficacy test (3)
实验目的:Purpose:
评价受试化合物在人胰腺癌x-MIA-PaCa2细胞皮下异种移植肿瘤模型上的体内药效。The in vivo efficacy of the test compound on a human pancreatic cancer x-MIA-PaCa2 cell subcutaneous xenograft tumor model was evaluated.
实验操作:Experimental operation:
NU/NU小鼠,雌性,6-8周龄,体重17-20克。共需100只(多接种30%的动物)。由北京维通利华科技股份有限公司提供。将0.2mL(10×10 6个)x-MIA-PaCa2细胞(加基质胶,体积比为1:1)皮下接种于每只小鼠的右后背,肿瘤平均体积达到约150mm 3时开始分组给药,给药剂量如表7所示。每周两次用游标卡尺测量肿瘤直径。肿瘤体积的计算公式为:V=0.5a×b 2,a和b分别表示肿瘤的长径和短径。化合物的抑瘤疗效用TGI(%)评价。TGI(%),反映肿瘤生长抑制率。TGI(%)的计算:TGI(%)=[(1-(某处理组给药结束时平均瘤体积-该处理组开始给药时平均瘤体积)/(溶剂对照组治疗结束时平均瘤体积-溶剂对照组开始治疗时平均瘤体积)]×100%。 NU/NU mice, female, 6-8 weeks old, weighing 17-20 grams. A total of 100 (more than 30% of the animals) are required. Provided by Beijing Weitong Lihua Technology Co., Ltd. 0.2 mL (10×10 6 ) of x-MIA-PaCa 2 cells (with matrigel, volume ratio of 1:1) were subcutaneously inoculated into the right back of each mouse, and the group was started when the average tumor volume reached about 150 mm 3 . The dose was administered as shown in Table 7. Tumor diameters were measured twice a week using vernier calipers. The calculation formula of tumor volume is: V = 0.5a × b 2 , and a and b represent the long diameter and short diameter of the tumor, respectively. The antitumor effect of the compound was evaluated by TGI (%). TGI (%), reflecting the tumor growth inhibition rate. Calculation of TGI (%): TGI (%) = [(1 - mean tumor volume at the end of administration of a treatment group - mean tumor volume at the start of administration of the treatment group) / (mean tumor volume at the end of treatment of the solvent control group) - The average tumor volume at the start of treatment in the solvent control group)] x 100%.
实验结果:见表7。Experimental results: See Table 7.
表7Table 7
实验结论:本发明化合物在人胰腺癌x-MIA-PaCa2细胞皮下异种移植瘤模型中展示出良好的体内药效。开始给药后14天,本发明化合物与参考化合物ARS-1620相比具有显著的抑瘤作用。Experimental Conclusion: The compounds of the present invention show good in vivo efficacy in a human pancreatic cancer x-MIA-PaCa2 cell subcutaneous xenograft model. The compound of the present invention had a significant antitumor effect compared to the reference compound ARS-1620 14 days after the start of administration.
实验例7:体内药效试验(四)Experimental Example 7: In vivo efficacy test (4)
实验目的:Purpose:
评价受试化合物在人非小细胞肺癌NCI-H358皮下异体移植肿瘤模型上的体内药效。The in vivo efficacy of the test compound on the human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model was evaluated.
实验操作:Experimental operation:
BALB/c裸小鼠,雌性,6-8周龄,体重18-20克。共需40只。由上海灵畅实验动物有限公司提供。将NCI-H358肿瘤细胞重悬于PBS中,制备成密度为5×10 7个/mL的细胞悬液,皮下接种于每只小鼠的右后背(0.1mL,5×10 6/只)等待肿瘤生长。在肿瘤平均体积达到约166mm 3时,开始进行随机分组给药,给药剂量如表8所示。每周两次用游标卡尺测量肿瘤直径。肿瘤体积的计算公式为:V=0.5a×b 2,a和b分别表示肿瘤的长径和短径。化合物的抑瘤疗效用TGI(%)评价。TGI(%),反映肿瘤生长抑制率。TGI(%)的计算:TGI(%)=[(1-(某处理组给药结束时平均瘤体积-该处理组开始给药时平均瘤体积)/(溶剂对照组治疗结束时平均瘤体积-溶剂对照组开始治疗时平均瘤体积)]×100%。 BALB/c nude mice, female, 6-8 weeks old, weighing 18-20 grams. A total of 40 are needed. Provided by Shanghai Lingchang Experimental Animal Co., Ltd. NCI-H358 tumor cells were resuspended in PBS to prepare a cell suspension with a density of 5 × 10 7 /mL, and subcutaneously inoculated into the right back of each mouse (0.1 mL, 5 × 10 6 /pc) Waiting for tumor growth. When the average tumor volume reached about 166 mm 3 , randomized administration was started, and the doses are shown in Table 8. Tumor diameters were measured twice a week using vernier calipers. The calculation formula of tumor volume is: V = 0.5a × b 2 , and a and b represent the long diameter and short diameter of the tumor, respectively. The antitumor effect of the compound was evaluated by TGI (%). TGI (%), reflecting the tumor growth inhibition rate. Calculation of TGI (%): TGI (%) = [(1 - mean tumor volume at the end of administration of a treatment group - mean tumor volume at the start of administration of the treatment group) / (mean tumor volume at the end of treatment of the solvent control group) - The average tumor volume at the start of treatment in the solvent control group)] x 100%.
实验结果:见表8。Experimental results: See Table 8.
表8Table 8
实验结论:开始给药27天后,在同等给药剂量(15mg/kg)下,本发明化合物与参考化合物ARS-1620相比具有显著的抑瘤作用。另外,本发明化合物在给药剂量(5mg/kg)低于参考化合物ARS-1620给药剂量(15mg/kg)时,仍展示出显著的缩瘤效果。这表明本发明化合物在人非小细胞肺癌NCI-H358皮下异体移植肿瘤模型中展示出良好的体内药效,且抗肿瘤作用具有剂量依赖性的趋势。Experimental conclusion: After 27 days from the start of administration, the compound of the present invention has a significant antitumor effect compared to the reference compound ARS-1620 at the same dose (15 mg/kg). In addition, the compound of the present invention exhibited a remarkable tumor suppressing effect at a dose (5 mg/kg) lower than that of the reference compound ARS-1620 (15 mg/kg). This indicates that the compound of the present invention exhibits good in vivo efficacy in a human non-small cell lung cancer NCI-H358 subcutaneous xenograft tumor model, and the antitumor effect has a dose-dependent tendency.
Claims (26)
Priority Applications (11)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020539829A JP7289839B2 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivatives as KRASG12C mutein inhibitors |
| US16/962,951 US11453667B2 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as KRASG12C mutein inhibitor |
| CN202011378149.5A CN112442030B (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridinopyrimidine derivatives as KRASG12C mutant protein inhibitors |
| ES19740933T ES2969284T3 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative that acts as an inhibitor of mutein krasg12c |
| SG11202012697QA SG11202012697QA (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor |
| EP19740933.7A EP3741756B1 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor |
| CN201980009147.8A CN111630053A (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridinolopyrimidine derivatives as KRASG12C mutein inhibitors |
| EP21155251.8A EP3842433B1 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor |
| CN202011378153.1A CN112442031B (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridinolopyrimidine derivatives as KRASG12C mutein inhibitors |
| CN202110310525.5A CN113121530B (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridinopyrimidine derivatives as KRASG12C mutant protein inhibitors |
| US17/159,928 US11655248B2 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2021-01-27 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as KRAS G12C mutein inhibitor |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201810055396 | 2018-01-19 | ||
| CN201810055396.8 | 2018-01-19 | ||
| CN201810712103.9 | 2018-06-29 | ||
| CN201810712103 | 2018-06-29 |
Related Child Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/962,951 A-371-Of-International US11453667B2 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as KRASG12C mutein inhibitor |
| US17/159,928 Continuation US11655248B2 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2021-01-27 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as KRAS G12C mutein inhibitor |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2019141250A1 true WO2019141250A1 (en) | 2019-07-25 |
Family
ID=67301292
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2019/072393 Ceased WO2019141250A1 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2019-01-18 | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor |
Country Status (7)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US11453667B2 (en) |
| EP (2) | EP3741756B1 (en) |
| JP (2) | JP7289839B2 (en) |
| CN (4) | CN112442030B (en) |
| ES (1) | ES2969284T3 (en) |
| SG (2) | SG10202102462SA (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2019141250A1 (en) |
Cited By (34)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN111423366A (en) * | 2020-04-28 | 2020-07-17 | 山东汇海医药化工有限公司 | Preparation method of pirfenidone |
| WO2020165732A1 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2020-08-20 | Novartis Ag | Pharmaceutical combination comprising tno155 and a krasg12c inhibitor |
| WO2021052499A1 (en) * | 2019-09-20 | 2021-03-25 | 上海济煜医药科技有限公司 | Fused pyridone compound, and preparation method therefor and use thereof |
| WO2021058018A1 (en) * | 2019-09-29 | 2021-04-01 | Beigene, Ltd. | Inhibitors of kras g12c |
| CN112824410A (en) * | 2019-11-21 | 2021-05-21 | 苏州泽璟生物制药股份有限公司 | Aza-heptacyclic inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof |
| US11071730B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2021-07-27 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted 6-azabenzimidazole compounds |
| CN113286794A (en) * | 2019-11-04 | 2021-08-20 | 北京加科思新药研发有限公司 | KRAS mutein inhibitors |
| CN113651814A (en) * | 2019-12-19 | 2021-11-16 | 北京加科思新药研发有限公司 | KRAS mutein inhibitors |
| CN113683616A (en) * | 2020-05-18 | 2021-11-23 | 广州百霆医药科技有限公司 | KRAS G12C mutein inhibitors |
| US11203591B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2021-12-21 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted 6-azabenzimidazole compounds |
| WO2022002018A1 (en) * | 2020-07-03 | 2022-01-06 | 苏州闻天医药科技有限公司 | Compound for inhibiting krasg12c mutant protein, preparation method therefor, and use thereof |
| WO2022048545A1 (en) * | 2020-09-01 | 2022-03-10 | 勤浩医药(苏州)有限公司 | Crystal form of pyridopyrimidine compound |
| WO2022052895A1 (en) * | 2020-09-11 | 2022-03-17 | 南京明德新药研发有限公司 | Crystal form of azetidine-substituted compound |
| WO2022140246A1 (en) | 2020-12-21 | 2022-06-30 | Hangzhou Jijing Pharmaceutical Technology Limited | Methods and compounds for targeted autophagy |
| US11453681B2 (en) | 2019-05-23 | 2022-09-27 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted eneoxindoles and uses thereof |
| WO2022222871A1 (en) * | 2021-04-21 | 2022-10-27 | Beijing Innocare Pharma Tech Co., Ltd. | Heterocyclic compounds as kras g12c inhibitors |
| WO2022266206A1 (en) | 2021-06-16 | 2022-12-22 | Erasca, Inc. | Kras inhibitor conjugates |
| WO2022269525A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Novartis Ag | Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a kras g12c inhibitor and uses thereof for the treatment of cancers |
| WO2023031781A1 (en) | 2021-09-01 | 2023-03-09 | Novartis Ag | Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a tead inhibitor and uses thereof for the treatment of cancers |
| CN113527293B (en) * | 2020-04-20 | 2023-09-08 | 苏州璞正医药有限公司 | KRAS G12C mutant protein inhibitor, pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and application thereof |
| WO2023199180A1 (en) | 2022-04-11 | 2023-10-19 | Novartis Ag | Therapeutic uses of a krasg12c inhibitor |
| WO2023205701A1 (en) | 2022-04-20 | 2023-10-26 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Macrocyclic heterocycles and uses thereof |
| US11845761B2 (en) | 2020-12-18 | 2023-12-19 | Erasca, Inc. | Tricyclic pyridones and pyrimidones |
| WO2024081674A1 (en) | 2022-10-11 | 2024-04-18 | Aadi Bioscience, Inc. | Combination therapies for the treatment of cancer |
| EP4389751A1 (en) | 2021-09-03 | 2024-06-26 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof |
| US12122787B2 (en) | 2019-09-20 | 2024-10-22 | Shanghai Jemincare Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd | Fused pyridone compound, and preparation method therefor and use thereof |
| WO2024243441A1 (en) | 2023-05-24 | 2024-11-28 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof |
| US12162893B2 (en) | 2020-09-23 | 2024-12-10 | Erasca, Inc. | Tricyclic pyridones and pyrimidones |
| WO2025007000A1 (en) | 2023-06-30 | 2025-01-02 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Substituted condensed tricyclic amine compounds and uses thereof as ras inhibitors |
| WO2025067459A2 (en) | 2023-09-29 | 2025-04-03 | D3 Bio (Wuxi) Co., Ltd. | Therapies for the treatment of cancer |
| WO2025067453A1 (en) * | 2023-09-27 | 2025-04-03 | 健艾仕生物医药有限公司 | Pharmaceutical combination comprising kras inhibitor, composition comprising same, and use thereof |
| WO2025171055A1 (en) | 2024-02-06 | 2025-08-14 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Heterocyclic conjugates and uses thereof |
| US12441707B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2025-10-14 | Tyra Biosciences, Inc. | Indazole compounds |
| WO2025230971A1 (en) | 2024-04-30 | 2025-11-06 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Macrocyclic heterocycles as anticancer agents |
Families Citing this family (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN112442030B (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2022-09-27 | 南京明德新药研发有限公司 | Pyridinopyrimidine derivatives as KRASG12C mutant protein inhibitors |
| WO2022121839A1 (en) * | 2020-12-08 | 2022-06-16 | 上海和誉生物医药科技有限公司 | Pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2(1h)-one derivative, and preparation method therefor and application thereof |
| CA3247773A1 (en) | 2022-01-21 | 2025-04-25 | Usynova Pharmaceuticals Ltd | Benzopyrimidine compounds and use thereof |
| WO2023173017A1 (en) * | 2022-03-09 | 2023-09-14 | Blossomhill Therapeutics, Inc. | Kras inhibitors for treating disease |
| CN117430620A (en) * | 2022-07-22 | 2024-01-23 | 上海医药集团股份有限公司 | Pyrimidine ring compounds, their intermediates, their pharmaceutical compositions and their applications |
| US12459953B2 (en) | 2024-01-04 | 2025-11-04 | Muna Therapeutics Aps | TREM2 modulators |
| WO2025146477A1 (en) | 2024-01-04 | 2025-07-10 | Muna Therapeutics Aps | 2-azetidinyl-7-methyl-8-oxo-6-(trifluoromethyl)-7,8-dihydropyrimido[5,4-d]pyrimidine derivatives derivatives as trem2 modulators for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2016164675A1 (en) | 2015-04-10 | 2016-10-13 | Araxes Pharma Llc | Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof |
| WO2016168540A1 (en) | 2015-04-15 | 2016-10-20 | Araxes Pharma Llc | Fused-tricyclic inhibitors of kras and methods of use thereof |
| WO2018064510A1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | Araxes Pharma Llc | Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins |
| WO2018119183A2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2018-06-28 | Amgen Inc. | Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same |
| WO2018206539A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 | 2018-11-15 | Astrazeneca Ab | Heteroaryl compounds that inhibit g12c mutant ras proteins |
Family Cites Families (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| BR112014023854B1 (en) * | 2012-03-30 | 2021-12-07 | Orthodontic Research And Development, S.L. | METHOD TO ASSEMBLE A DITALIZER |
| KR20160076519A (en) * | 2013-10-10 | 2016-06-30 | 아락세스 파마 엘엘씨 | Inhibitors of kras g12c |
| WO2017087528A1 (en) | 2015-11-16 | 2017-05-26 | Araxes Pharma Llc | 2-substituted quinazoline compounds comprising a substituted heterocyclic group and methods of use thereof |
| US9988357B2 (en) * | 2015-12-09 | 2018-06-05 | Araxes Pharma Llc | Methods for preparation of quinazoline derivatives |
| CA3024523A1 (en) | 2016-05-18 | 2017-11-23 | Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. | Kras g12c inhibitors |
| JP7327802B2 (en) | 2017-01-26 | 2023-08-16 | アラクセス ファーマ エルエルシー | Fused hetero-heterobicyclic compounds and methods of use thereof |
| CN112442030B (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2022-09-27 | 南京明德新药研发有限公司 | Pyridinopyrimidine derivatives as KRASG12C mutant protein inhibitors |
-
2019
- 2019-01-18 CN CN202011378149.5A patent/CN112442030B/en active Active
- 2019-01-18 WO PCT/CN2019/072393 patent/WO2019141250A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2019-01-18 CN CN202011378153.1A patent/CN112442031B/en active Active
- 2019-01-18 US US16/962,951 patent/US11453667B2/en active Active
- 2019-01-18 JP JP2020539829A patent/JP7289839B2/en active Active
- 2019-01-18 SG SG10202102462SA patent/SG10202102462SA/en unknown
- 2019-01-18 CN CN202110310525.5A patent/CN113121530B/en active Active
- 2019-01-18 SG SG11202012697QA patent/SG11202012697QA/en unknown
- 2019-01-18 CN CN201980009147.8A patent/CN111630053A/en active Pending
- 2019-01-18 EP EP19740933.7A patent/EP3741756B1/en active Active
- 2019-01-18 ES ES19740933T patent/ES2969284T3/en active Active
- 2019-01-18 EP EP21155251.8A patent/EP3842433B1/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-01-27 US US17/159,928 patent/US11655248B2/en active Active
- 2021-02-05 JP JP2021017606A patent/JP7352587B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2016164675A1 (en) | 2015-04-10 | 2016-10-13 | Araxes Pharma Llc | Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods of use thereof |
| WO2016168540A1 (en) | 2015-04-15 | 2016-10-20 | Araxes Pharma Llc | Fused-tricyclic inhibitors of kras and methods of use thereof |
| WO2018064510A1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-05 | Araxes Pharma Llc | Inhibitors of kras g12c mutant proteins |
| WO2018119183A2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2018-06-28 | Amgen Inc. | Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same |
| WO2018206539A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 | 2018-11-15 | Astrazeneca Ab | Heteroaryl compounds that inhibit g12c mutant ras proteins |
Non-Patent Citations (5)
| Title |
|---|
| CANCER DISCOV, vol. 6, 2016, pages 316 - 29 |
| MATTHEW R. JANESYI LIU ET AL., CELL, vol. 172, 2018, pages 578 - 589 |
| NAT REV DRUG DISCOV, vol. 13, 2014, pages 828 - 851 |
| NATURE, vol. 503, 2013, pages 548 - 551 |
| SCIENCE, vol. 351, 2016, pages 604 - 608 |
Cited By (47)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US12258346B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2025-03-25 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted 6-azabenzimidazole compounds |
| US11071730B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2021-07-27 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted 6-azabenzimidazole compounds |
| US11897878B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2024-02-13 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted 6-azabenzimidazole compounds |
| US11203591B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2021-12-21 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted 6-azabenzimidazole compounds |
| US11925631B2 (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2024-03-12 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted 6-azabenzimidazole compounds |
| WO2020165732A1 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2020-08-20 | Novartis Ag | Pharmaceutical combination comprising tno155 and a krasg12c inhibitor |
| EP4249000A2 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2023-09-27 | Novartis AG | Pharmaceutical combination comprising tno155 and a krasg12c inhibitor |
| US12037342B2 (en) | 2019-05-23 | 2024-07-16 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted eneoxindoles and uses thereof |
| US11453681B2 (en) | 2019-05-23 | 2022-09-27 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Substituted eneoxindoles and uses thereof |
| WO2021052499A1 (en) * | 2019-09-20 | 2021-03-25 | 上海济煜医药科技有限公司 | Fused pyridone compound, and preparation method therefor and use thereof |
| US12122787B2 (en) | 2019-09-20 | 2024-10-22 | Shanghai Jemincare Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd | Fused pyridone compound, and preparation method therefor and use thereof |
| WO2021058018A1 (en) * | 2019-09-29 | 2021-04-01 | Beigene, Ltd. | Inhibitors of kras g12c |
| CN113286794B (en) * | 2019-11-04 | 2024-03-12 | 北京加科思新药研发有限公司 | KRAS mutein inhibitors |
| CN113286794A (en) * | 2019-11-04 | 2021-08-20 | 北京加科思新药研发有限公司 | KRAS mutein inhibitors |
| CN112824410A (en) * | 2019-11-21 | 2021-05-21 | 苏州泽璟生物制药股份有限公司 | Aza-heptacyclic inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof |
| US12195473B2 (en) | 2019-12-19 | 2025-01-14 | Jacobio Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd | KRAS mutant protein inhibitors |
| CN113651814B (en) * | 2019-12-19 | 2022-06-17 | 北京加科思新药研发有限公司 | KRAS mutein inhibitor |
| TWI871397B (en) * | 2019-12-19 | 2025-02-01 | 大陸商北京加科思新藥研發有限公司 | Kras mutein inhibitors |
| CN113651814A (en) * | 2019-12-19 | 2021-11-16 | 北京加科思新药研发有限公司 | KRAS mutein inhibitors |
| US12441707B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2025-10-14 | Tyra Biosciences, Inc. | Indazole compounds |
| CN113527293B (en) * | 2020-04-20 | 2023-09-08 | 苏州璞正医药有限公司 | KRAS G12C mutant protein inhibitor, pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and application thereof |
| CN111423366B (en) * | 2020-04-28 | 2022-05-27 | 山东汇海医药化工有限公司 | Preparation method of pirfenidone |
| CN111423366A (en) * | 2020-04-28 | 2020-07-17 | 山东汇海医药化工有限公司 | Preparation method of pirfenidone |
| CN113683616A (en) * | 2020-05-18 | 2021-11-23 | 广州百霆医药科技有限公司 | KRAS G12C mutein inhibitors |
| WO2022002018A1 (en) * | 2020-07-03 | 2022-01-06 | 苏州闻天医药科技有限公司 | Compound for inhibiting krasg12c mutant protein, preparation method therefor, and use thereof |
| WO2022048545A1 (en) * | 2020-09-01 | 2022-03-10 | 勤浩医药(苏州)有限公司 | Crystal form of pyridopyrimidine compound |
| CN116018343A (en) * | 2020-09-01 | 2023-04-25 | 勤浩医药(苏州)有限公司 | Crystal form of pyridopyrimidine compound |
| CN116133662A (en) * | 2020-09-11 | 2023-05-16 | 南京明德新药研发有限公司 | Crystalline forms of azetidine-substituted compounds |
| JP2023540388A (en) * | 2020-09-11 | 2023-09-22 | メッドシャイン ディスカバリー インコーポレイテッド | Crystal forms of azetidine-substituted compounds |
| WO2022052895A1 (en) * | 2020-09-11 | 2022-03-17 | 南京明德新药研发有限公司 | Crystal form of azetidine-substituted compound |
| US12162893B2 (en) | 2020-09-23 | 2024-12-10 | Erasca, Inc. | Tricyclic pyridones and pyrimidones |
| US11845761B2 (en) | 2020-12-18 | 2023-12-19 | Erasca, Inc. | Tricyclic pyridones and pyrimidones |
| WO2022140246A1 (en) | 2020-12-21 | 2022-06-30 | Hangzhou Jijing Pharmaceutical Technology Limited | Methods and compounds for targeted autophagy |
| WO2022222871A1 (en) * | 2021-04-21 | 2022-10-27 | Beijing Innocare Pharma Tech Co., Ltd. | Heterocyclic compounds as kras g12c inhibitors |
| WO2022266206A1 (en) | 2021-06-16 | 2022-12-22 | Erasca, Inc. | Kras inhibitor conjugates |
| WO2022269525A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Novartis Ag | Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a kras g12c inhibitor and uses thereof for the treatment of cancers |
| WO2023031781A1 (en) | 2021-09-01 | 2023-03-09 | Novartis Ag | Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a tead inhibitor and uses thereof for the treatment of cancers |
| EP4389751A1 (en) | 2021-09-03 | 2024-06-26 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof |
| WO2023199180A1 (en) | 2022-04-11 | 2023-10-19 | Novartis Ag | Therapeutic uses of a krasg12c inhibitor |
| WO2023205701A1 (en) | 2022-04-20 | 2023-10-26 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Macrocyclic heterocycles and uses thereof |
| WO2024081674A1 (en) | 2022-10-11 | 2024-04-18 | Aadi Bioscience, Inc. | Combination therapies for the treatment of cancer |
| WO2024243441A1 (en) | 2023-05-24 | 2024-11-28 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof |
| WO2025007000A1 (en) | 2023-06-30 | 2025-01-02 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Substituted condensed tricyclic amine compounds and uses thereof as ras inhibitors |
| WO2025067453A1 (en) * | 2023-09-27 | 2025-04-03 | 健艾仕生物医药有限公司 | Pharmaceutical combination comprising kras inhibitor, composition comprising same, and use thereof |
| WO2025067459A2 (en) | 2023-09-29 | 2025-04-03 | D3 Bio (Wuxi) Co., Ltd. | Therapies for the treatment of cancer |
| WO2025171055A1 (en) | 2024-02-06 | 2025-08-14 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Heterocyclic conjugates and uses thereof |
| WO2025230971A1 (en) | 2024-04-30 | 2025-11-06 | Kumquat Biosciences Inc. | Macrocyclic heterocycles as anticancer agents |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN112442031B (en) | 2022-07-12 |
| EP3741756A1 (en) | 2020-11-25 |
| JP2021510721A (en) | 2021-04-30 |
| JP7289839B2 (en) | 2023-06-12 |
| JP7352587B2 (en) | 2023-09-28 |
| CN111630053A (en) | 2020-09-04 |
| EP3741756B1 (en) | 2023-11-01 |
| US20210371411A1 (en) | 2021-12-02 |
| EP3741756A4 (en) | 2020-12-09 |
| CN112442030B (en) | 2022-09-27 |
| CN112442031A (en) | 2021-03-05 |
| ES2969284T3 (en) | 2024-05-17 |
| JP2021091691A (en) | 2021-06-17 |
| EP3842433A1 (en) | 2021-06-30 |
| US20210147418A1 (en) | 2021-05-20 |
| EP3842433B1 (en) | 2023-11-01 |
| CN112442030A (en) | 2021-03-05 |
| SG10202102462SA (en) | 2021-04-29 |
| CN113121530A (en) | 2021-07-16 |
| US11655248B2 (en) | 2023-05-23 |
| SG11202012697QA (en) | 2021-02-25 |
| CN113121530B (en) | 2022-08-05 |
| US11453667B2 (en) | 2022-09-27 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN112442031B (en) | Pyridinolopyrimidine derivatives as KRASG12C mutein inhibitors | |
| CN111372925B (en) | Uracil compounds as c-MET/AXL inhibitors | |
| JP6877407B2 (en) | Compounds and compositions useful for the treatment of NTRK-related disorders | |
| JP7530128B2 (en) | FGFR INHIBITOR COMPOUNDS AND USES THEREOF | |
| CN113993860B (en) | Seven-membered heterocyclic derivatives as KRAS G12C mutant protein inhibitors | |
| WO2021043322A1 (en) | Azepino pyrimidine derivatives and medical use thereof | |
| WO2022228576A1 (en) | Protein regulator-targeted compound and application thereof | |
| JP7168149B2 (en) | Pyrazin-2(1H)-one compounds as FGFR inhibitors | |
| CN111712499A (en) | A kind of ATR inhibitor and application thereof | |
| WO2019085933A1 (en) | Macrocyclic compound serving as wee1 inhibitor and applications thereof | |
| CN114008046B (en) | Azaindole pyrazoles as CDK9 inhibitors | |
| WO2019149244A1 (en) | Jak inhibitor and use thereof | |
| CN116425770A (en) | Tetrafused ring compounds as Cdc7 inhibitors | |
| HK40038772B (en) | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor | |
| KR20230163466A (en) | Indoline derivatives as DDR1 and DDR2 inhibitors | |
| HK40038771B (en) | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor | |
| HK40038771A (en) | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor | |
| HK40038772A (en) | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor | |
| HK40029747A (en) | Pyridone-pyrimidine derivative acting as krasg12c mutein inhibitor | |
| JP2025526717A (en) | TGF-β inhibitor compounds and uses thereof | |
| HK40036987A (en) | Atr inhibitor and application thereof | |
| HK40000494A (en) | BENZOTRIAZOLE-DERIVED α AND β UNSATURATED AMIDE COMPOUND USED AS TGF-βR1 INHIBITOR | |
| HK40000494B (en) | BENZOTRIAZOLE-DERIVED α AND β UNSATURATED AMIDE COMPOUND USED AS TGF-βR1 INHIBITOR | |
| JPWO1988007045A1 (en) | Derivative of the physiologically active substance K-252 |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19740933 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2020539829 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2019740933 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20200819 |